<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<?xml-stylesheet href="/content-code/feed.xslt" type="text/xsl"?>
<feed xml:lang="en-US" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom">
	<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog</id>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/"/>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/feed.php"/>
	<title>Blocks Edit Design and Workflow Blog</title>
	<updated>1970-01-01T00:00:00Z</updated>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/how-to-browsing-editing</id>
		<published>2026-03-31T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/how-to-browsing-editing"/>
		<title>How-to: browse your site while editing</title>
		<summary>Browse pages and make edits in the editor before publishing</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/screenshot-local-links.png&quot; alt=&quot;A screenshot of adding a link in the visual editor, with the local page dropdown.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Your dashboard has all of your website’s pages. It allows you to manage pages, add new ones, and go into the editor to make changes to them, without having to publish until you’re ready to.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Browsing and editing&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When going into the visual editor, you see a preview of your page before going into edit mode. While in preview mode, you can browse through pages you’ve created in Blocks Edit for your site. And go into edit mode to make any changes as you’re browsing.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This allows for times when you need to review multiple areas on your site that need changes and you want to preview how those changes come together. It also gives you the opportunity to review the changes with your team.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Local links&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order for you to browse your pages, you need to make sure your local links are setup properly. A local link is just a link to any page within your site. In the Blocks Edit editor, there’s an easy way to add a link to any page on your site by using the &lt;strong&gt;local pages&lt;/strong&gt; dropdown when you add a new link. So you don’t have to remember exactly what the path for your link is.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When choosing your page from the dropdown for the link, the link path is automatically added based on the slug variable for your page. A slug is what’s used for the path in the URL of your page. If you want to change your slug variable for any page, go to your page’s settings, located in the side bar while in edit mode, and click on the &lt;strong&gt;Meta&lt;/strong&gt; tab for the &lt;strong&gt;page slug&lt;/strong&gt; field.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Browsing and editing gives you full control of your pages and making edits to them, while keeping your site in a browseable draft mode until you’re completely ready to publish.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Setup &lt;a href=&quot;/getting-started/&quot;&gt;your website HTML&lt;/a&gt; in Blocks Edit to start building and browsing pages.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/modern-web-images</id>
		<published>2026-03-26T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/modern-web-images"/>
		<title>Using modern web images</title>
		<summary>Comparing compatible image formats and deciding which ones are best to use</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/web-image-formats-2000w.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Quality comparison of the five compatible web image formats: JPG, PNG, GIF, WebP, and AVIF.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;Artifacting comparison of the compatible web image formats at 4x zoom.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The standard image formats for the web are JPG, PNG, and GIF. JPG allows for compressing photos, GIF are usually for short (pixelated) animations, and PNG are for transparent, or flat graphics.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In recent years, WebP and AVIF have come along in an attempt to offer better compression and smaller file sizes. At this point these formats are compatible across browsers and operating systems, including desktop and mobile. And major graphics editing tools support them as well.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Formats compared&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For a simple comparison test, I took an abstract image at 2000x1200 pixels. Using Pixelmator, I exported the image into the five compatible web formats. In this blog post’s featured image, you can see a zoomed in portion that shows the difference in compression quality for each. These were the file size differences:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;JPG&lt;/strong&gt; - 260KB, at 80% compression quality&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;PNG&lt;/strong&gt; - 2.3MB, with advanced compression&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;GIF&lt;/strong&gt; - 1.3MB, standard GIF compression&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;WebP&lt;/strong&gt; - 161KB, at 80% compression quality&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;AVIF&lt;/strong&gt; - 469KB, at 80% compression quality&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Between quality and file size&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Based on the numbers, WebP is the lowest in file size. But JPG isn’t that much higher. Somehow AVIF is considerably higher. And PNG and GIF are way too high. Which is why what&#039;s in the image is what should decide the format you go with.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Between JPG, WebP, and AVIF, you can see that AVIF is the sharpest, with WebP having some noticeable compression artifacts, and JPG having the most artifacts. So based on quality and file size, it would seem like WebP is the best option in this case.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Artifacts and pixel density&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;However, the artifacts are shown at 4x zoom of the original image. Zoomed out, and viewed at 2x pixel density, I honestly cannot tell the difference between the three formats. Which is why I go down to 80% quality when exporting because the 2x pixel density essentially makes it so you can’t see the artifacting!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Your results may vary, there is no one-size-fits-all answer. But to me, I’m not sure how much the newly added WebP and AVIF formats are really making a difference for the web. And anecdotally, it’s rare that I come across sites that use them at all.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit supports any web image format, including the modern ones, and will &lt;a href=&quot;/features/&quot;&gt;automatically scale uploaded images&lt;/a&gt; to the set placeholder image size, and compress them.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/responsive-image-sizing</id>
		<published>2026-03-16T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/responsive-image-sizing"/>
		<title>Modern responsive image sizing</title>
		<summary>Determining when to use alternate responsive images, with a simplified output using only the img tag</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/image-desktop-tablet-mobile-2000w.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Abstract graphic of desktop, tablet, and mobile screen sizes.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;img&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;srcset&lt;/code&gt; property was introduced to address using alternate images on mobile devices. It seems straightforward enough: the same &lt;code&gt;img&lt;/code&gt; HTML tag, with added image source definitions.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;But in practice of managing a website, it can get complicated. Do you need to use alternate images for all of your site’s images? And what sizes should the images be? Here’s the approach I take to keep things simple.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Images that need responsive versions&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We should first review where we need alternate image sizes for website images in the first place. For things like logos, icons, and illustrated graphics, we can now use vector SVG’s which don’t require any responsive adjustments. This applies for any design elements that may be used within the interface. This narrows the types of images that need alternate sizes to just photos and illustrations that are GIF/JPEG/PNG (or WebP/AVIF) files.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When allowing for designs to be responsive, it’s common practice to utilize columns for your layouts. And it’s likely that we have two or three column layouts that collapse to a single column on mobile. For images used in these layouts, it generally makes sense to just use the same image across layouts as it’s likely pretty close in size for each adjusted layout. Your image should not be the exact size of your columns to begin with, but an approximate that can fluidly get resized.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;So this essentially leaves us with just large hero images that need alternate responsive sizes. (This blog post has this type of image.)&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Sizing responsive versions&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Taking into account screen pixel density for our images, it’s a given that all of our images should be 2x in size as all screens we look at are now higher density. We really no longer need to save non-2x images at all.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Deciding on each of our image sizes can be roughly based on screen sizes: mobile, tablet/smaller screen, and larger screens, along with the width of the &lt;a href=&quot;https://distinctivequality.com/blog/container-width/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;content container&lt;/a&gt; your image is part of. For example:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;1,200 pixels wide for mobile, filling up the screen width&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;2,000 pixels wide for tablet/smaller screens, or within a content container around 1,000 pixels wide&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;2,400 pixels for larger screens/within a container of around 1,200 pixels&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Given the above, here&#039;s all the code we need:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;image-2000w.png&quot; srcset=&quot;image-1200w.png 1200w, image-2000w.png 2000w, image-2400w.png 2400w&quot; width=&quot;600&quot; alt=&quot;Image example&quot;&gt;
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The browser decides what image sizes to use based on the current screen’s width. Remember to set a backup image in &lt;code&gt;src&lt;/code&gt; which can just be the medium size. Keep the number of sizes to three. The goal is to reduce load times by keeping file sizes small. Having many precise image size options is unnecessary since the file size difference between each size could be inconsequential.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;You can use &lt;a href=&quot;/features/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit&lt;/a&gt; to automate the sizing of your images for responsive sizes when you use the &lt;code&gt;img&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;srcset&lt;/code&gt; option in your theme.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/dark-mode-made-easy</id>
		<published>2026-02-19T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/dark-mode-made-easy"/>
		<title>Dark mode made easy</title>
		<summary>Two key techniques to simplify your website’s dark mode setup</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/dark-mode-website.png&quot; alt=&quot;Example of a website in light and dark mode.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The oft touted &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wired.com/story/dark-mode-chrome-android-ios-science/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;benefits of dark mode are iffy&lt;/a&gt;. And usage stats are tough to pin down, but some sources show as much as 60% of users on desktop and up to 80% of users on mobile prefer using dark mode. Dark mode has become a standard for websites to include as part of their design.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Adjusting your website design for dark mode can be a lot of work as it entails an alternate color scheme for every element of your design. This potentially means a lot of added CSS for each element, and HTML for swapping out content like images. Here are two core techniques to help make the process easier, including for future updates made to design elements.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Global color scheme&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Start by developing a color palette for the regular version of your site to use consistently across your elements. If the colors for your layout components are used to define depth, like navigation that stands out over content, include those definitions as part of your palette.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Once you have your palette, in your CSS, set your colors as global variables:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;window language-css&quot;&gt;:root {
  --content-tone-1: #444;
  --content-tone-2: #ddd;
  --content-tone-3: #111;
  --background-tone-1: #f1f1f1;
  --background-tone-2: rgba(255,255,255, .5);
  --background-tone-3: #fff;
}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;And use the variables you set throughout your elements:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;window language-css&quot;&gt;h3 {
  color: var(--content-tone-1);
}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;By doing this, you will be able to use the global CSS colors to apply dark mode versions for them:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;window language-css&quot;&gt;:root {
  @media (prefers-color-scheme: dark) {
    --content-tone-1: #aaa;
    --content-tone-2: #666;
    --content-tone-3: #ddd;
    --background-tone-1: #222;
    --background-tone-2: rgba(0,0,0, .2);
    --background-tone-3: #111;
  }
}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This applies your colors to all the elements that use your variables!&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Content swapping&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When converting your design to dark mode, you’re basically putting content on black, instead of on white. This means that while your text will likely be white, not all of your content or components need to change. Most accent colors can work on both light and dark, especially for elements like titles and buttons.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This applies for images as well. For the most part, you should be able to keep the same images as light mode, especially for photos. You can also use transparent PNG’s and SVG’s for illustrations.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For certain images that may need dark mode adjustments, you can swap them out using the picture HTML tag:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;picture&gt;
  &lt;source srcset=&quot;logo-dark.png&quot; media=&quot;(prefers-color-scheme: dark)&quot;&gt;
  &lt;img src=&quot;logo.png&quot; alt=&quot;Logo&quot;&gt;
&lt;/picture&gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Regardless of the size of your website, having these two techniques in place will greatly minimize the need for extra CSS and HTML for your dark mode adjustments.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;For an example of the techniques above, check out &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-page-components/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;the Starter web pages components template&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/navigation-active-state</id>
		<published>2026-02-04T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/navigation-active-state"/>
		<title>Automated navigation active state</title>
		<summary>Simple Javascript snippet for automatically giving items a selected state.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/navigation-active-state-example.webp&quot; alt=&quot;Example of an active state in a website&#039;s navigation.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Having an active state for the current page in your navigation helps with usability, for your users to know where they are within your website’s architecture. Setting it up however, can get complicated. You can select it manually when creating your page in your backend system/CMS, or set up a complex menu system to match up your pages.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After years of having to deal with this on websites, I’ve come up with a technique that I wish I would have thought of sooner: a few lines of Javascript to automatically set an active state on links based on the current URL.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;The code&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The code is pretty straightforward: it finds all links on the current page and adds an “on” class to the link when it matches the current URL:&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;code class=&quot;window language-javascript&quot;&gt;var currentURL = window.location.href;
var navItems = document.querySelectorAll(&#039;a&#039;);

function matchExact(r, str) {
  var match = str.match(r);
  return match &amp;&amp; str === match[0];
}

for (var i = 1; i &lt; navItems.length; ++i) {
  if (matchExact(currentURL.match(navItems[i].href), currentURL)) {
    navItems[i].classList.add(&quot;on&quot;);
  }
}&lt;/code&gt;

&lt;p&gt;This approach works with &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/designing-website-navigation/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;any kind of navigation&lt;/a&gt; as it applies to the root of the link itself. And your navigation is likely the only thing that has a link to the page you are currently on!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You then set what the active state looks like via your CSS:&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;code class=&quot;window language-css&quot;&gt;a {
  color: #0b72c7;

  &amp;.on {
    color: #444;
  }
}&lt;/code&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Extending it&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you need to, you can modify the code to target only your navigation. And change it to use the container around the link to apply your CSS class.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you have a dropdown nav or subnav and you want to show both the current page and its parent as active, one way to do it is by utilizing the &lt;code&gt;ul&lt;/code&gt; menu structure to determine the parent link and add an active state to it as well.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Check out the &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-page-components/&quot;&gt;Starter components template&lt;/a&gt; that includes this technique as well as others to help with your web setup.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/forms-in-email</id>
		<published>2025-12-03T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/forms-in-email"/>
		<title>When to use forms in email</title>
		<summary>Deciding to use a form in an email and the best way to do it.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/email-with-form.webp&quot; alt=&quot;Example email with a feedback form.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Forms aren’t commonly used in email. Besides some technical limitations, users generally don’t expect interactive elements in an email, so they may ignore the functionality altogether. With this in mind, first decide if it’s better to stick to having your form on a landing page that the email links the user to.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Having a form in an email&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;That said, the user may be reluctant to leave their email inbox via a link to a form that they have to fill out. Especially when they don’t know what to expect from the form. Letting them know the length of the form in advance may be helpful for this. Or, this is where putting your form in your email may make sense.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To increase engagement, you’ll always want to try and keep your forms as short as possible. This is especially true with a form in an email. If your form feels like it’s getting long, you can consider splitting it, having just the first question, or a few questions in your email as a first step, with a next step button that goes to your landing page with the rest of the form.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A common practice for using forms in an email is to get some quick feedback. Like at the end of an order process or service. This normally entails a few multiple-choice fields and/or a short textbox. A single-question star-rating or up/down thumbs option can be done without even having to use a form, by just tracking the number of referral clicks.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Technical limitations&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The majority of email clients support some level of form submission:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Of the clients that work, many only allow GET form method&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Some allow POST, but require it opening a landing page&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Yahoo and AOL on mobile iOS or Android do not support any form&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;All Outlook and Windows Mail also do not, except for Outlook on iOS&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Since most of Outlook doesn’t allow form submission, you can use a fallback method that hides the form from all Outlook clients. This is especially necessary since it’s not just &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/dealing-with-outlook/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;legacy Outlook&lt;/a&gt; that doesn’t support forms, but &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/outlook-for-windows/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;modern Outlook&lt;/a&gt; as well.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The HTML code below will hide your form content from all Outlook clients:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;token comment&quot;&gt;&lt;!--[if (!mso)]&gt; &lt;! -- --&gt;
  &lt;form&gt;&lt;/form&gt;
&lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;And you can show alternate Outlook content with:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;token comment&quot;&gt;&lt;!--[if mso]&gt;
  &lt;a href=&quot;#&quot;&gt;Fill out the survey&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;![endif]--&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit allows &lt;a href=&quot;/email-marketing/&quot;&gt;using your custom design and code&lt;/a&gt; to build your emails visually, including with form fields.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/multi-step-form</id>
		<published>2025-11-19T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/multi-step-form"/>
		<title>Multi-step form without the overhead</title>
		<summary>Using built-in form GET method to pass data from one page to another without complicated code.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/multi-step-form.webp&quot; alt=&quot;Abstract illustration of a form with multiple steps.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A multi-step form is usually done in one of two ways. Either, via backend code that gets the data submitted with each step and passes it on to the server before going to the next one. Or, using Javascript to hide groups of fields that are shown as the user clicks to move on to the next step.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Using the GET method&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A form mostly uses the &lt;code&gt;POST&lt;/code&gt; method when submitting. But there is another form method that’s rarely used: &lt;code&gt;GET&lt;/code&gt;. When submitting a form using this method, a query string is added at the end of the URL you submit to that includes the form’s data. Probably its most common use case is for a search results page where results are shown based on a query string variable.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;GET&lt;/code&gt; works as a way to pass data from page to page, without requiring any kind of backend to do the storing and passing, or Javascript to hide and show fields. It’s a way to use built-in browser features without a bunch of overhead needed to setup. Just like how you can use &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/modern-form-validation/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;browser validation&lt;/a&gt;, and other &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/modern-form-design/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;modern form field features&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;How it works&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You could build your form as multiple fully customizable static pages without needing complicated code for steps. And you can use the query string data for functionality like conditionals to show fields based on data a user submitted in a previous step.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;By default, fields are only submitted to a query string to the next set page. In order to pass URL parameters across multiple steps/pages, here’s a Javascript snippet that creates hidden fields from submitted query string parameters in order to continue passing them to the next page:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-javascript&quot;&gt;window.onload = function() {
  var querystring = window.location.href.split(&#039;?&#039;)[1];
  var parameters = querystring.split(&#039;&amp;&#039;);

  for(i = 0; i &lt; parameters.length; i++) {
    var pair = parameters[i].split(&#039;=&#039;);
    var hiddenfield = document.createElement(&quot;input&quot;);
    hiddenfield.type = &quot;hidden&quot;;
    hiddenfield.name = pair[0];
    hiddenfield.value = pair[1];
    document.forms[0].appendChild(hiddenfield);
  }
};&lt;/code&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;To keep in mind&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Form data would not be submitted to its destination until the end of the form steps where it would do the &lt;code&gt;POST&lt;/code&gt; to the server. This means that data is not stored anywhere along the way except in the user’s browser. There may be work arounds for this, like using cookies, but it’s something to be aware of for longer forms.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Also note that form field data is visible in the URL. While this isn’t a security issue, having a password field being shown is probably not a good idea. And if a user decides to copy and share the URL to your form, they may inadvertently include some variables they submitted in the form.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;With &lt;a href=&quot;/forms/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit&lt;/a&gt;, you can make your custom form fields visually editable for your team to drag and drop them to build forms and submit to any platform.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/designing-metadata</id>
		<published>2025-10-08T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/designing-metadata"/>
		<title>Essential metadata for sharing a page</title>
		<summary>The metadata options you need for social media and other apps.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/metadata-sharing-examples.webp&quot; alt=&quot;Examples metadata for sharing.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Metadata for a page can serve different purposes. From setting the content’s language, to providing a short summary of the page’s content for search engines, and info for when the page is shared.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;That last one has become the most relevant as it allows controlling how social media platforms output info for your page. Along with texting and chat apps, project management tools, and more. Here are the basics that should apply for all of them.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Metadata tags&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Let’s start with the classic page tags that are used:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;title&lt;/code&gt; tag - page title, used as a default for any platform/app&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;description&lt;/code&gt; - as part of default preview text&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;canonical&lt;/code&gt; - full URL with no extra variables like campaign referrer info&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;lang&lt;/code&gt; - needed mainly for non-english content&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Open graph tags have become the standard for sharing links. These are the tags mainly used:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;og:title&lt;/code&gt; - if you want to show as an override for your &lt;code&gt;title&lt;/code&gt; tag&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;og:description&lt;/code&gt; - an override for your &lt;code&gt;description&lt;/code&gt; tag&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;og:url&lt;/code&gt; - override for &lt;code&gt;canonical&lt;/code&gt; tag&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;og:image&lt;/code&gt; - the preview thumbnail image&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Some additional open graph tags are used by certain platforms:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;og:site_name&lt;/code&gt; - the name for your site, it could also be the name of a section on your site, like the blog&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;og:type&lt;/code&gt; - use &lt;code&gt;website&lt;/code&gt; for info pages, and &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; for blog posts, with &lt;a href=&quot;https://ogp.me/#types&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;more options&lt;/a&gt; available&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;og:locale&lt;/code&gt; - an override for &lt;code&gt;lang&lt;/code&gt; tag&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Preview thumbnail&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While having a thumbnail preview draws attention when your page is shared on social media, it&#039;s not a requirement to have. The recommended usage is that you should only have one if there is relevant imagery on the page, like a feature graphic or photo. You can even point to the same URL as that feature image.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Text in the image should be avoided since the thumbnail image could be shown really small that the text would be illegible, or cropped in a way you can’t account for.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;1200x630&lt;/code&gt; pixels is the standard image size&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Images can get scaled and cropped depending on the platform/app&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;JPEG&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;GIF&lt;/code&gt;, or &lt;code&gt;PNG&lt;/code&gt; formats, with &lt;code&gt;WEBP&lt;/code&gt; starting to get supported&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Image file size shouldn’t exceed 5MB&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In cases where you don’t have an image that can be used, if you have a &lt;a href=&quot;https://evilmartians.com/chronicles/how-to-favicon-in-2021-six-files-that-fit-most-needs&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;fave icon&lt;/a&gt; set for your site, that may be used instead. You can use the &lt;code&gt;apple-touch-icon&lt;/code&gt; meta property with an image of at least &lt;code&gt;180x180&lt;/code&gt; pixels, or an &lt;code&gt;SVG&lt;/code&gt; image. You can also create a preview thumbnail version to use as a backup for all pages on your site.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bringing together all of the above, here&#039;s an example of this page&#039;s metadata used for sharing:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;html lang=&quot;en&quot;&gt;
  &lt;head&gt;
    &lt;meta charset=&quot;utf-8&quot;&gt;
    &lt;title&gt;Essential metadata for sharing a page&lt;/title&gt;
    &lt;meta name=&quot;apple-mobile-web-app-title&quot; content=&quot;Design Workflow&quot;&gt;
    &lt;meta property=&quot;og:site_name&quot; content=&quot;Design Workflow Blog&quot;&gt;
    &lt;meta name=&quot;description&quot; content=&quot;The metadata options you need for social media and other apps.&quot;&gt;
    &lt;link rel=&quot;canonical&quot; href=&quot;https://blocksedit.com/content-code/designing-metadata/&quot;&gt;
    &lt;meta property=&quot;og:image&quot; content=&quot;/content-code/img/metadata-sharing-examples.webp&quot;&gt;
    &lt;link rel=&quot;apple-touch-icon&quot; href=&quot;/blocks-edit-icon.png&quot;&gt;
    &lt;link rel=&quot;icon&quot; href=&quot;/blocks-edit-icon.ico&quot;&gt;
    &lt;link rel=&quot;icon&quot; href=&quot;/blocks-edit-icon.svg&quot; type=&quot;image/svg+xml&quot;&gt;
    &lt;meta property=&quot;og:type&quot; content=&quot;article&quot;&gt;&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We don&#039;t include &lt;code&gt;og:title&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;og:description&lt;/code&gt;, or &lt;code&gt;og:url&lt;/code&gt; open graph tags since we want to just use the same content as the classic page tags.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit&lt;/a&gt; will pick up the metatags you use in your theme and &lt;a href=&quot;https://blocksedit.com/help/email-settings/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;allows changing them&lt;/a&gt; for each page.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/starter-page-components</id>
		<published>2025-08-27T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/starter-page-components"/>
		<title>Starter page components theme</title>
		<summary>30+ standard web content design patterns, based on hundreds of real-world websites, landing pages, and forms.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/starter-page-components.png&quot; alt=&quot;Abstract icons of 15 commonly used web page design patterns.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Our new &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-page-components/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Starter page components theme&lt;/a&gt; is a collection of over thirty web content components that came out of browsing through hundreds of websites! Components for your homepage, landing pages, blog, forms, and more.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Here’s what’s included in the theme. Different types of components serve different purposes but can be mixed and matched for different pages.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Feature sections&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Skimmable sections for a homepage and landing pages.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Single-column&lt;/strong&gt; - in its most standard form, this consists of a headline, a description, usually kept short, an optional image, and an optional call-to-action button.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Two-column&lt;/strong&gt; - this can be a two-column version of the single-column consisting of title, description, image, and button. Or, an image can go on the left or the right side of the text and button.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Three-column&lt;/strong&gt; - same as a single-column, but times three! Icons or simple graphics can be used instead of squeezing in images, or no images at all can also work. A secondary style for buttons works best here, or a text link.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Features grid&lt;/strong&gt; - a listing of items, usually in multiple columns. If a call-to-action is used at all, it should either be in the form of text links for an item, or at the end of all the items.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Call-to-action&lt;/strong&gt; - standalone section focused on taking an actionable step. This works best at the end of a page to act as a next step, but for longer pages, it can also go in-between content sections.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial&lt;/strong&gt; - in the form of a quote followed by the author of the quote. A testimonial can be placed among other feature content sections, or as part of a section with multiple testimonials.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Article content&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ways to format content elements in an article.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Titles and intro text&lt;/strong&gt; - the main title of the article and subtitles used throughout the article. Summary or intro text is often used to give more context to the title.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bullet list&lt;/strong&gt; - Providing a bullet list is a good way to make multiple points that are easier to digest their information and visually easier to read through.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image with caption&lt;/strong&gt; - where it makes sense within the article, an image is added in-between the text. Either an illustration or photo.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pull quote&lt;/strong&gt; - work well for highlighting certain ideas within an article that are particularly relevant.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Callout&lt;/strong&gt; - a callout makes a piece of content stand out from the rest of the text. It can often include an illustration or photo.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Listings&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A series of related items like articles, products, and events.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Article listings&lt;/strong&gt; - would normally be part of an archive, on their own page, possibly with multiple pages for older posts. They would be ordered by date, with the latest posts at the top.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Product listing grid&lt;/strong&gt; - depending on the type of product and the number that an online store may have, the details for a product listing could vary. But usually a thumbnail, the title, and a price are most commonly shown.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Event listings&lt;/strong&gt; - An event listing would include the date, a title, and a link with info for how to attend the event. Events would also be ordered by date, but usually highlighting future events at the top, with the latest upcoming one first.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;People listing grid&lt;/strong&gt; - team members for an about page, business directory, etc&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Forms&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Fields to collect information, for contact forms, surveys, etc.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Landing page form&lt;/strong&gt; - collect only info that is relevant to what your visitor is trying to accomplish; make it clear in your copy why the information is needed.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Contact form&lt;/strong&gt; - should consist of a text area for the question/comment message along with a means to reply back to the person reaching out.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Feedback/survey&lt;/strong&gt; - helpful for your product or service, allowing customers to share thoughts on their experience; questions can be in the form of multiple choices or as open-ended text areas.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Newsletter sign-up&lt;/strong&gt; - an email address is all you need for a newsletter sign-up, with a good intro explaining why users would want to sign up and what they can expect from the newsletter.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Navigation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Different menu types.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header&lt;/strong&gt; - typically a horizontal bar across the top of your site, the most common place for your site’s primary navigation. It’s where visitors expect to look when deciding where to go on your site.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dropdown&lt;/strong&gt; - you can provide dropdown submenus for your main menu items. This allows the visitor to dig deeper into each of the top level sections of your site and find content that may be more specific to what they’re looking for.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Subnav&lt;/strong&gt; - can also be added under the primary navigation once a visitor has clicked in to one of the pages of a particular section of the site. This allows them to see where they are and what related content they can continue to browse through.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; - instead of at the top, a submenu can go on the side, in a vertical list. This works best when the list of submenu items gets long and those submenu items also have submenu items!&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer&lt;/strong&gt; - for links to supplemental content you wouldn’t find elsewhere; additional categories of links, like social media; signup for your newsletter; or any needed legal copy.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Buttons&lt;/strong&gt; - standard call-to-action&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;p&gt;You can &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-page-components/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;download the Starter page components theme for free&lt;/a&gt; and start using it to design and build your own web pages.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;The Starter page components theme is included with new Blocks Edit accounts. &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Sign up for free&lt;/a&gt; to start using it in the visual editor.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/designing-listings</id>
		<published>2025-08-14T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/designing-listings"/>
		<title>Listing essentials</title>
		<summary>A list of related items — blog posts, products, events, etc.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/listing-examples.webp&quot; alt=&quot;Examples of various listings.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Listings are essentially a group of related items, each item giving an overview of information, and usually including a call to action to encourage clicking through to. They offer an easier way for users to browse through collections that may otherwise be overwhelming to go through.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Blog archive&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-page-components/section-blog-post-listings.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Blog listings illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Along with other types of articles. Post listings would normally be part of an archive, on their own page, possibly with multiple pages for older posts. They would be ordered by date, with the latest posts at the top.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A listing of blog posts could have a post’s title, date, and a short description. And a link to go to the full blog post. It can also include a thumbnail image.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Filtered products&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-page-components/section-product-listings.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Product listings illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Depending on the type of product and the number that an online store may have, the details for a product listing could vary. But usually a thumbnail, the title, and a price are most commonly shown.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Products also tend to include &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/designing-website-navigation/&quot;&gt;menus of categories&lt;/a&gt; and other potential filters that are shown at the top or on a sidebar on the left. For example, t-shirts could include themes for categories, and filter by sizes available, or colors.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Upcoming events&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-page-components/section-event-listings.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Event listings illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;An event listing would include the date, a title, and a link with info for how to attend the event. Events would also be ordered by date, but usually highlighting future events at the top, with the latest upcoming one first.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For an event that takes place over a longer period of time, there may be an agenda, and can be considered its own type of listing, with an overview for each time slot.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;And more&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-page-components/section-people-listings.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;People listings illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are many more kinds of listings that a page can have: team members for an about page, related products, product reviews, search results, property listings, a business directory, restaurant menus, etc.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;For working examples of listings that you can refer to when designing your site, &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-page-components/&quot;&gt;download our starter theme&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;And check out our &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/category/essentials/&quot;&gt;design essentials series&lt;/a&gt; for more examples and tips on using standard web elements.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Setup your own listings as visually editable components for your team to build out and edit pages with the &lt;a href=&quot;/getting-started/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit editor&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/designing-article-content</id>
		<published>2025-07-28T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/designing-article-content"/>
		<title>Article content essentials</title>
		<summary>Different ways to format content elements in an article.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/article-content-examples.webp&quot; alt=&quot;Examples of various article content components.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Breaking up content for blog posts and other types of articles (eg: help docs) makes the content more engaging to read and easier to skim through. From basic text formatting options to added images that accompany the text.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Titles and intro text&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-page-components/section-titles-intro-text.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Titles and intro text illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The main title of the article and subtitles used throughout the article. Summary or intro text is often used to give more context to the title.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Bullet list&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-page-components/section-bullet-list.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Bullet list illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Providing a bullet list is a good way to make multiple points that are:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Easier to digest their information&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Visually easier to read through&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Skimmable when going through the article&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;!--
	&lt;li&gt;Attention-grabbing as they stand out from blobs of text&lt;/li&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Image with caption&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-page-components/section-image-with-caption.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Image with caption illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Where it makes sense within the article, an image is added in-between the text. Either an illustration or photo. And often-times, the image includes a caption that describes the image or photo.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Pull quote&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-page-components/section-pull-quote.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Pull quote illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Pull quotes work well for highlighting certain ideas within an article that are particularly relevant.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Callout&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-page-components/section-callout.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Callout illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A callout makes a piece of content stand out from the rest of the text. It can often include an illustration or photo.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;For working examples of article content that you can refer to when designing your site, &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-page-components/&quot;&gt;download our starter theme&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Setup your own article content as visually editable components for your team to build out and edit pages with the &lt;a href=&quot;/getting-started/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit editor&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/designing-feature-content</id>
		<published>2025-06-26T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/designing-feature-content"/>
		<title>Feature content essentials</title>
		<summary>Sections of skimmable content for visitors to get an overview of what you have to offer.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/content-features-examples.webp&quot; alt=&quot;Examples of various feature content sections.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Feature sections on a page highlight ideas in short-form content. They provide a format for content to be skimmed through and usually include a call-to-action, or links to further explore the idea. These different forms of content sections can be mixed and matched depending on the information needed on each page.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Single-column&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-page-components/section-single-column.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Single-column illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In its most standard form, this consists of a headline, a description, usually kept short, an optional image, and an optional call-to-action button. A visitor skims the page to read the headline, looks at the related image, and reads the text for more info, then decides whether to take the next step by clicking on the button.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Two-column&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-page-components/section-two-column.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Two-column illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This can be a two-column version of the single-column consisting of title, description, image, and button. Or, an image can go on the left or the right side of the text and button. The image on the left or right approach allows for having a listing of multiple sections.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Three-column&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-page-components/section-three-column.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Three-column illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Same as a single-column, but times three! Icons or simple graphics can be used instead of squeezing in images, or no images at all can also work. A secondary style for buttons works best here, or a text link.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Features grid&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-page-components/section-features-grid.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Features grid illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A listing of items, usually in multiple columns. Because of the potential amount of items, icons can be helpful to differentiate between each one. If a call-to-action is used at all, it should either be in the form of text links for an item, or at the end of all the items.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Call-to-action&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-page-components/section-cta.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Call-to-action illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This would a standalone section focused on taking an actionable step. Typically in the form of a headline, short text, and a button. This works best at the end of a page to act as a next step, but for longer pages, it can also go in-between content sections.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Testimonial&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-page-components/section-testimonial.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the form of a quote followed by the author of the quote. A testimonial can be placed among other feature content sections, or as part of a section with multiple testimonials.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;For working examples of feature content that you can refer to when designing your site, &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-page-components/&quot;&gt;download our starter theme&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Setup your own feature content as visually editable components for your team to build out and edit pages with the &lt;a href=&quot;/getting-started/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit editor&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/how-to-website-navigation</id>
		<published>2025-05-29T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/how-to-website-navigation"/>
		<title>How-to: website navigation</title>
		<summary>A much simpler approach to setup website menus in a CMS.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/screenshot-navigation-editing.png&quot; alt=&quot;Example menu being edited in Blocks Edit.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Setting up navigation in a CMS can be a chore, especially if you have multiple menus. The approach to updating your navigation in Blocks Edit is the same as updating any other content: simple point and click inline editing.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Updating menus&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Once your HTML design is editable, to update your menus, click on the edit icon next to your theme on your dashboard. You’ll go to a preview of your theme. Here you can make changes to the content of the frame of your site which includes the header and footer.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;All menus are editable, including if you have a dropdown menu or a hamburger menu as well. To add items to a menu, use the duplicate option on one of its items. When you’re done with your updates, click the &lt;strong&gt;Save Content&lt;/strong&gt; button at the top.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To apply the navigation updates to each page, go to the page you want to commit changes to, and look for the update icon at the top. Clicking it will save a new version of the page with the updates made.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Making your menus editable&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When you’re setting up your design in Blocks Edit, you can make header and footer menus editable the same way you would any other piece of content, along with content that’s around the menus.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;block-edit&lt;/code&gt; for editing text. And for adding menu items, use the &lt;code&gt;block-repeat&lt;/code&gt; option &lt;a href=&quot;/help/template-editor/editable-regions/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;on a region&lt;/a&gt;. When someone makes updates to the menus and applies the changes to pages, each page is rebuilt with the updates. If there are any design changes made to your HTML, it will include those as well.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;For an example of editable menus in Blocks Edit, check out our &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-page-components/&quot;&gt;Starter page components&lt;/a&gt; theme.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/designing-website-navigation</id>
		<published>2025-05-27T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/designing-website-navigation"/>
		<title>Website navigation essentials</title>
		<summary>Standard navigation practices for websites and when to use them.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/navigation-examples.webp&quot; alt=&quot;Examples of various website menus.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Navigation on a website can take many shapes and forms. Your site’s information architecture will help you determine the best way to organize content based on what your visitors are looking for. And being aware of the different kinds of menus that are available to you can help with deciding on the best experience for them.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Header&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-page-components/section-navigation.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Survey illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The header, typically a horizontal bar across the top of your site, is the most common place for your site’s primary navigation. It’s where visitors expect to look when deciding where to go on your site.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This header area also includes your logo in the upper left, and can include a secondary menu in the upper right, usually in the form of a call-to-action, like &lt;strong&gt;Sign Up&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Dropdown&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-page-components/section-dropdown-navigation.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Survey illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Also in the header navigation, you can provide dropdown submenus for your main menu items. This allows the visitor to dig deeper into each of the top level sections of your site and find content that may be more specific to what they’re looking for.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The submenu, usually accessed by mousing over main menu items, can have just a list of links. Or, it can take the form of a mega menu, filling up more of the screen, where the list of items can be further broken down into categories and additional information can be provided for each of the links.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Subnav&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-page-components/section-subnav.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Survey illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Besides as a dropdown, a subnav can also be added under the primary navigation once a visitor has clicked in to one of the pages of a particular section of the site. This allows them to see where they are and what related content they can continue to browse through.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Sidebar&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-page-components/section-sidebar.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Survey illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Or, instead of at the top, a submenu can go on the side, in a vertical list. This works best when the list of submenu items gets long and those submenu items also have submenu items!&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Footer&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-page-components/section-footer.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Survey illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Similar to the header, there are different ways to setup the footer of a page:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;A listing of subpages without a dropdown&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Links to supplemental content you wouldn’t find elsewhere&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Additional categories of links, like social media&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Signup for your newsletter&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Any needed legal copy&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Other menu formats&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hamburger menu&lt;/strong&gt; - called a hamburger menu because it comes in the form of an icon that’s three horizontal lines on top of each other, it’s primarily used on mobile to open a website’s navigation though it can work on desktop as a way to simplify the header area&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Breadcrumbs&lt;/strong&gt; - horizontal list of links used to show hierarchy of pages and where the visitor is currently, with links to go up to parent sections&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Link listings&lt;/strong&gt; - commonly used on the main page of help docs, this format shows an overview of categories and subcategories&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;p&gt;For working examples of website navigation that you can refer to when designing your site, &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-page-components/&quot;&gt;download our starter theme&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Setup your own website navigation as visually editable components for your team to build out and edit pages with the &lt;a href=&quot;/getting-started/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit editor&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/modern-form-validation</id>
		<published>2025-05-01T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/modern-form-validation"/>
		<title>Modern form validation</title>
		<summary>3 modern CSS techniques for advanced form validation customization.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/form-validation.png&quot; alt=&quot;An example of a contact form using modern validation styling.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Now that browsers have &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/modern-form-design/&quot;&gt;form validation built-in&lt;/a&gt;, we can better use related form field CSS properties to improve the user experience. Add the more modern &lt;code&gt;has()&lt;/code&gt; CSS property to the mix and you can replace techniques that previously required Javascript with just a few lines of CSS code.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Add an asterisk to required fields&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Using an asterisk next to a form field label is a common way to indicate that the field is required. But instead of adding it manually, it would make more sense to show the asterisk automatically based on whether the field itself is actually required. Here&#039;s how to do just that:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-css&quot;&gt;form div:has(label + *:required) label::after, form fieldset:has(*:required + label) legend::after {
  content: &quot;*&quot;;
}&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A container is needed for each field and its corresponding label. For radio buttons and checkboxes, using &lt;code&gt;fieldset&lt;/code&gt; acts as the container, and the field &lt;code&gt;legend&lt;/code&gt; is used instead of label.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Highlight invalid fields&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While the browser will prompt users if a required field is not filled out, or is filled out incorrectly, it does this only after the form is submitted. With the CSS below, this can be done on each text field, as the user is entering in their details.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-css&quot;&gt;form input:focus:invalid, form textarea:focus:invalid, form select:focus:invalid {
  border-color: #b91616;
  background-color: #f1e5e5;
}&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The field textbox or dropdown is shown with a dark red border and light red background when the user clicks into a field and the field doesn&#039;t meet the required criteria. It also works for field types like &lt;code&gt;email&lt;/code&gt; that need a specific format for its contents. You can go further and use &lt;code&gt;:focus:valid&lt;/code&gt; to indicate when a field does meet its requirements.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Change submit button state&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As further indication of the state of form fields, you can change the submit button to make it look like it&#039;s disabled until all required fields are filled out, and are valid:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-css&quot;&gt;form:has(*:invalid) input[type=&quot;submit&quot;] {
  background-color: #aaa;

  &amp;:hover {
    background-color: #aaa;
  }
}&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This does not actually disable the button, it only changes its appearance. It still functions as a way to notify the user of which fields are missing information.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;To see working examples of these techniques, along with other form field formatting options, check out our &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-page-components/&quot;&gt;free Starter theme&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;With &lt;a href=&quot;/features/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit&lt;/a&gt;, you can make your custom form fields visually editable for your team to drag and drop them to build forms and have them submit to any platform.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/taxi-for-email-switch</id>
		<published>2025-04-17T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/taxi-for-email-switch"/>
		<title>Switching from Taxi for Email</title>
		<summary>Transitioning your design system from Taxi for Email to Blocks Edit.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/blocks-edit-taxi-for-email.png&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshots of Blocks Edit and Taxi for Email.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;The Taxi for Email editor with the modules panel, and the visual Blocks Edit editor with drag and drop components.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Are you having issues or running into limitations with Taxi for Email? If you’re considering switching from Taxi, here are some ways to get started with Blocks Edit and transferring your setup.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Key features&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Similar functionality that you can translate over includes the following. Click on each item for more info on how the feature works.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/integrations/&quot;&gt;CDN for images&lt;/a&gt; - Blocks Edit allows you to use your own CDN of choice, with an integration to connect to your assets&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/help/team/team/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Collaboration&lt;/a&gt; - invite team members for your organization and set different roles for them&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://blocksedit.com/help/editor/template-layouts/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Layouts&lt;/a&gt; - build your reusable templates of components&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/help/editor/personalization-segmentation/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Personalization and segmentation&lt;/a&gt; - copy over your email provider tokens and segmentation code to use in Blocks Edit&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/help/editor/links/#link-tracking&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Link tracking&lt;/a&gt; - add your link tracking parameters to use globally for your email links&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Master template&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The template setup for your email design is much easier with Blocks Edit. For example, here&#039;s the Taxi syntax for editing a piece of text:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;editable name=&quot;headline&quot; label=&quot;Headline&quot;&gt;
  &lt;field type=&quot;text&quot; name=&quot;headline_text&quot; label=&quot;Headline Text&quot;&gt;&lt;/field&gt;
  &lt;content replace=&quot;{{headline}}&quot;&gt;Headline&lt;/content&gt;
&lt;/editable&gt;&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;p&gt;And here&#039;s the same editable text using Blocks Edit tags:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;h1 class=&quot;block-edit&quot; data-block=&quot;headline-text&quot;&gt;Headline&lt;/h1&gt;&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Adding Blocks Edit tags can be done via your HTML code, or via using the &lt;a href=&quot;/getting-started/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;visual theme editor&lt;/a&gt;. Most of the work that you&#039;ll have to to do is removing the Taxi syntax from your code!&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;If you need help with your template setup, or with any part of the transition process, feel free to reach out to &lt;a href=&quot;/support/&quot;&gt;our support&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/demo/&quot;&gt;Request a demo&lt;/a&gt; and we’ll review your current workflow and go over what it will look like in Blocks Edit.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/designing-email-signature</id>
		<published>2025-04-02T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/designing-email-signature"/>
		<title>Email signature essentials</title>
		<summary>What to consider putting in an email signature and how to setup in your email client.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/email-signatures.png&quot; alt=&quot;Different examples of email signatures.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;Different examples of email signatures.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;An email signature is essentially what’s shown at the end of an email you send to someone. It could be as simple as your name, or be used as a kind of business card, with additional information that may be useful to your recipient.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can also customize the design of your signature, which is typically done in HTML. It allows for custom formatting, styling, and even images. Doing it in HTML gives you the most control over the look and feel to better match your brand, and works across email clients.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;What to include&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Here are some ideas of what you can put in your email signature:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Standard contact info like email address, phone number, website, and location/mailing address, if it seems relevant&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Social media icons for different platforms you’re on&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Company logo and other branding elements like a tagline, colors, and formatting&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;A photo of yourself is also common as a way to make your email feel more personable&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;A call-to-action like a link to schedule a meeting&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;A link to something engaging like a recent blog post, a big feature release, or an upcoming event&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Adding to your emails&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of ways to add your signature to your email:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Your email client should have an option to add in a custom email signature in its settings. In some email clients, like Gmail, you can just copy and paste your signature. To do this, open the HTML file of your email signature in your web browser, highlight the full contents of the signature, or use the &lt;strong&gt;Select All&lt;/strong&gt; option and copy it. Then paste in your email client signature box.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In some email clients, you can also copy and paste your signature directly in your email. Open the HTML file of your email signature in your web browser, highlight the full contents of the signature, or use the &lt;strong&gt;Select All&lt;/strong&gt; option. Then in the email you&#039;re composing, paste where you want the signature to go.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;For a working example of an email signature that you can refer to, &lt;a href=&quot;/recipes/email-signature/&quot;&gt;download our starter theme&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Setup your own email signature as a visually editable component for your team to edit with the &lt;a href=&quot;/getting-started/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit editor&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/new-websites</id>
		<published>2025-03-04T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/new-websites"/>
		<title>Blocks Edit for websites</title>
		<summary>Use the visual theme editor to turn your HTML design into a content management system and collaborate on pages via drag and drop inline editing.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/screenshot-landing-page-editor.png&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshot of the visual editor interface for a website example.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The novel Blocks Edit approach of an HTML-only content management system is here, now available for building and editing websites!&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;The one and only visual theme setup&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The steps involved in going from HTML design to content management system have just been reduced by an order of magnitude! Just import your HTML and your placeholder content becomes instantly editable. Use the visual theme editor to enable components.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Users can then drag in components and edit content inline to build and update pages. With an easy to use interface that prevents deviating from the intended design. And publish as static HTML, directly to a hosted server via FTP or CDN. No need for special server software.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Collaborative website updates&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Also included are &lt;a href=&quot;/features/&quot;&gt;collaboration features&lt;/a&gt; to help reduce going between various tools during the review process among teams. From team commenting, to an activity timeline, revisions history, a checklist, and user access options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With built-in functionality that helps with accessibility and all the important details. Plus the ability to save content pieces to reuse later, custom form building, automated image formatting, and more!&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;And you can use it completely free, with a &lt;a href=&quot;/pricing/&quot;&gt;fully-featured plan&lt;/a&gt; to import and build.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/new-instant-editing</id>
		<published>2025-02-26T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/new-instant-editing"/>
		<title>Blocks Edit update: instant editing</title>
		<summary>Importing any HTML now adds inline editing automatically so you can start making updates to content right away.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/screenshot-instant-editing.png&quot; alt=&quot;An example of editable content.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The fastest CMS setup for email and landing pages now gets even faster, with the ability to start editing content right away, without having to setup anything! Just import your HTML email or page and content is ready to start making changes to.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Initial editing&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After importing, you’ll see that text and images can be edited in the preview mode. Go back to your dashboard and you’ll be able to create new emails or pages with your imported HTML acting as a template. Make the changes you need to the text and images and export out the final HTML to use with your email provider or web host.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Further editing options&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you want to make adjustments to your editable content, you can go back to the visual theme editor from the dashboard by clicking on the edit icon next to the theme. Then click the Edit button at the top. You’ll be able to click on the different content pieces and disable ones you don’t want to be editable as well as set other options for each content piece.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Here you can also add components of the design that can be dragged in from the sidebar. &lt;a href=&quot;/help/template-editor/template-editor/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Here’s an overview&lt;/a&gt; of everything you can do.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Instant editing in Blocks Edit is available to start using for your HTML designs. You can &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot;&gt;sign up for free&lt;/a&gt; and import now.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/modern-form-design</id>
		<published>2025-02-19T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/modern-form-design"/>
		<title>Modern form design</title>
		<summary>Utilizing modern browser features to simplify the design process for forms.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/screenshot-form-example.png&quot; alt=&quot;A screenshot of a modern form example.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In recent years, browsers have been adding more functionality for form fields. This includes built-in common practices and styling options to better customize the look of the fields.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It’s helpful to be aware of what browsers have to offer to build on top of instead of wasting time reinventing the wheel. Here are some of the most relevant updates that have wide browser support.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Built-in functionality&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Standard usage patterns that have evolved over the years, browsers have decided to build in directly:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Browser validation&lt;/strong&gt; - browsers now validate fields, even notifying the user of required fields, which can be done by just adding a &lt;code&gt;required&lt;/code&gt; property to fields; no more Javascript needed and it’s fully-accessible!&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Date calendar selection&lt;/strong&gt; - browsers now include a mini calendar to select a date that comes up when using the input &lt;code&gt;type=&quot;date&quot;&lt;/code&gt; field; no more complex Javascript or dealing with potential mobile issues!&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Semantic text fields&lt;/strong&gt; - a text input field can be specified as &lt;code&gt;email&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt;, or &lt;code&gt;tel&lt;/code&gt;, which helps with form validation as well as showing a specific keyboard on mobile devices&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Added styling options&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;And there is more flexibility for the design of individual form fields to better match the overall website design:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Accent color&lt;/strong&gt; - define the color of selected radio buttons and checkboxes along with other form fields that have an accent color, by setting a color value for the &lt;code&gt;accent-color&lt;/code&gt; CSS property in the &lt;code&gt;:root&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Radio button and checkbox size&lt;/strong&gt; - you can now set the &lt;code&gt;width&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;height&lt;/code&gt; of a radio button or checkbox to match the size of other fields&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select dropdown padding&lt;/strong&gt; - and padding for a &lt;code&gt;select&lt;/code&gt; field can also be set to better size and match other fields&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;File upload button styling&lt;/strong&gt; - the button in the &lt;code&gt;type=&quot;file&quot;&lt;/code&gt; input that can now be styled to match your design (finally!) using &lt;code&gt;input::file-selector-button&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For examples of the above, along with other form field options, check out the &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-page-components/&quot;&gt;free Starter theme&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;With &lt;a href=&quot;/features/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit&lt;/a&gt;, you can make your custom form fields visually editable for your team to drag and drop them to build forms and submit to any platform.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/designing-forms</id>
		<published>2025-02-12T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/designing-forms"/>
		<title>Form essentials</title>
		<summary>Collecting different kinds of information from your visitors.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/form-pages.png&quot; alt=&quot;Different examples of pages with forms.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;Different examples of pages that have forms.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Forms are useful for collecting information from visitors. From a basic newsletter signup or contact form, to getting specific details to help with following up.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The first thing to keep in mind is to only ask for fundamental information. No one enjoys filling out forms so keep them short!&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Landing page form&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-page-components/section-landing-page.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Landing page illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A landing page is a perfect example where you should keep your form as short as possible. Collect only info that is relevant to what your visitor is trying to accomplish. And make it clear in your copy why the information is needed. Many people may be hesitant to provide it.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can always collect additional information at a later time. For example, if a user signs up for an account, you can have additional details for them to fill out in their account settings.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Contact form&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-page-components/section-contact-form.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Contact form illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A basic contact form should consist of a text area for the question/comment message along with a means to reply back to the person reaching out. Anything beyond that should state how it helps them get a better response.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A customer support request could ask for details to better review the issue the customer is having. Or they can choose from preset categories that would help direct the message to the right team. You can also ask for a screenshot that can be uploaded.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Feedback/survey&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-page-components/section-survey.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Survey illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Getting customer feedback can be helpful for your product or service and allow for your customers to share their thoughts on their experience. Fields can be in the form of multiple choices or as open-ended text areas, or a combination of both.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can make your survey multiple steps. For this, be sure to show an indicator of the number of steps for the survey and give an estimated time the user is expected to spend on the survey.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Newsletter sign-up&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-page-components/section-newsletter-signup.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Newsletter sign-up illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;An email address is all you need for a newsletter sign-up. Include a good intro explaining why users would want to sign up and what they can expect from the newsletter.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For personalizing the emails you send, you can ask for the visitor’s name. You can also have a list of categories for the types of emails a user can choose to receive.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;For working examples of form components that you can refer to when designing your pages, &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-page-components/&quot;&gt;download our starter theme&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Setup your own form design as visually editable components for your team to build out and edit emails with the &lt;a href=&quot;/getting-started/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit editor&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/new-form-fields</id>
		<published>2025-02-05T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/new-form-fields"/>
		<title>Blocks Edit update: editable form fields</title>
		<summary>Drag and drop fields to build out a form that matches your brand and submits to any form processor.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/screenshot-form-editing.png&quot; alt=&quot;An example of a website contact form being edited in the visual editor.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Setting up a custom form on your site has just gotten easier with our latest update. You can now build out your forms from custom-designed fields that match your website branding. And easily set properties for your fields to submit to any form processor.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Component-based form building&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Form fields work the same as other components in Blocks Edit. They are part of the left sidebar, ready to drag and drop into your page. Each form field has all the functionality needed to make a form work.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Clicking on a form field after dragging it in brings up options the same way as editing text or an image. These options include naming your fields for processing your form, and setting which fields should be required for validation. With additional customizable options based on the field type.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Designing form fields&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Designing your form fields for use requires coding the HTML for your fields, with editable options that are completely flexible to your design requirements. The editable tags work around your code and allow for setting limits to the properties you want to enable for customization.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use either the visual theme editor to enable editable options, or view &lt;a href=&quot;/help/template-editor/editable-forms/&quot;&gt;the help docs&lt;/a&gt; for the CSS classes to use for the tagging elements in your code. You can also refer to our &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-page-components/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Starter page components theme&lt;/a&gt; which features example form fields that are Blocks Edit enabled.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Form and form fields functionality is now available, ready to enable for your designs. Not signed up for Blocks Edit yet? &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Sign up to start using it free&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/modern-email-design</id>
		<published>2025-01-23T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/modern-email-design"/>
		<title>Modern email design</title>
		<summary>What to look forward to after the legacy Outlook for Windows rendering engine.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/legacy-modern-email-code.webp&quot; alt=&quot;Example code of the same design, one side coded with legacy email support, the other with modern techniques.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Support for the legacy Outlook for Windows rendering engine is well on its way to &lt;a href=&quot;https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/lifecycle/products/?terms=Outlook&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;being phased out&lt;/a&gt;. While the decision to let go of legacy Outlook is ultimately up to you and your email’s audience, it’s a good time to start looking forward to a whole new approach to how we code our emails.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Our workflow can now be more efficient and we can use more modern practices. And better focus our QA efforts.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Modern email coding&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The two biggest aspects that affect email coding the most are that we no longer have to use tables or ghost tables, and we no longer have to put CSS styles inline among our HTML code (though it still needs to be included as part of the HTML). Both of these changes make our code cleaner to manage, and easier to understand as we’re working with it.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;And we can now use &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.caniemail.com/clients/outlook/#outlook-com&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;more modern CSS techniques&lt;/a&gt; for our designs, with our HTML becoming more semantic for accessibility (as we eliminate so much nesting of containers). And we can focus our attention on dealing with other email headaches, like &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/template-technique-dark-mode/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;forced dark mode issues&lt;/a&gt;, and Gmail’s fragmented rendering issues across its email clients. (At least the maximum email length issue in Gmail now becomes less relevant.)

&lt;h2&gt;New testing methods&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Testing is simplified now too. The top most &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.litmus.com/email-client-market-share&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;widely used email clients&lt;/a&gt; are currently: Apple Mail, Gmail, and Outlook. Apple Mail can be used across different devices and generally offers a consistent rendering experience. Using a Gmail.com online account can cover a lot of Google’s email rendering. And Outlook.com can be used to test the updated Outlook rendering engine.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This also means less need for specialized email testing tools since you can cover the majority of users with the above clients. And you can test mobile and dark mode using these clients as well.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For some examples of modern email code, we’ve updated our &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-email-template/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;boilerplate template&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-email-components/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;email components template&lt;/a&gt; to use modern techniques, with legacy code included that you can also reference.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;You can code your email design any way you’d like and &lt;a href=&quot;/email-marketing/&quot;&gt;use Blocks Edit to enable visual editing&lt;/a&gt; for your team to build emails using drag and drop and inline editing.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/expressive-design-system</id>
		<published>2024-11-11T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/expressive-design-system"/>
		<title>The design of a design system</title>
		<summary>Maintaining your design system and keeping it creative.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/design-system-measurements.png&quot; alt=&quot;An example of two types of designs that utilize size, scale, density, and weight differently.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;For an effective design system that stands the test of time, start out by defining your goals for it. And make sure any thing you build for it, reinforces those goals. You also need a certain level of flexibility in your system to keep it creative and to allow for growth.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Define your goals&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Design systems usually solve these four basic problems. You can pick one, two, three, or all four as your goals, but be specific on how they would apply to your organization and design process.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Scale&lt;/strong&gt; - increase volume and speed of content&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Consistency&lt;/strong&gt; - improve accuracy accessibility and compliance&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Efficiency&lt;/strong&gt; - provide greater collaboration between teams&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Quality&lt;/strong&gt; - ensure brand and messaging governance&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Make your system expressive&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the book, &lt;a href=&quot;https://abookapart.com/products/expressive-design-systems&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Expressive Design Systems&lt;/a&gt;, Yesenia Perez-Cruz talks about how to keep from making your design system too generic and keep your design components as stylistically unique as your organization&#039;s brand.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To do this successfully, your design system should include a component hierarchy and with thoughtfulness on how your brand gets expressed at each level and focus on the most essential elements of design: typography, color, and space:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Size&lt;/strong&gt; - affecting how fast content is consumed&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Scale&lt;/strong&gt; - the size of elements relative to each other&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Density&lt;/strong&gt; - should the layout feel airy or compact&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Weight&lt;/strong&gt; - should the layout feel heavy or light&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Along with achieving unity and cohesion, your design system should also embody a harmony by combining all of your design system elements to produce pleasing layouts. &quot;...brand expression is more than your visual language — it&#039;s how all of your elements come together to communicate your brand voice.&quot; she writes.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;For more on using a design system for your campaigns, check out our free guides for both &lt;a href=&quot;/web-design-system/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;landing pages&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href=&quot;/email-template-guide/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;marketing emails&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit provides &lt;a href=&quot;/features/&quot;&gt;a flexible approach&lt;/a&gt; to building from your design system of components, for teams to build and edit campaigns at scale.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/design-system-audit</id>
		<published>2024-11-04T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/design-system-audit"/>
		<title>Rolling out your design system</title>
		<summary>Auditing current patterns and workflows and having your team join in the process.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/design-system-breakdown.png&quot; alt=&quot;An illustration of example design system components broken down.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;There are two ways to rollout a design system. Either incrementally, or with a large-scale redesign. Unless there&#039;s a need to redesign your campaigns, you should go with an incremental rollout. Focus on not only building tools, but creating a shared language.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Your design system can be big or small depending on the size of your organization. Only build and document aspects that you need. Start small and build up.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Audit your current assets&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Release small pieces of the design system at a time by first documenting design patterns from your current campaigns. This allows you to test your components in a real context. You can then start with common problems, like defining consistent headline options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Organize a team that could help with gathering assets&lt;/strong&gt; - this also helps develop a shared understanding of how to measure quality components&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Start categorizing components&lt;/strong&gt; - this will happen as you begin to find patterns of component types and helps define a language around your system&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Take screenshots&lt;/strong&gt; - besides individual assets, screenshots are a way to show examples of components used in their proper context&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Keep branding in mind&lt;/strong&gt; - how do components express your brand? How do they compare to brand guidelines? Are design elements consistent (fonts, colors, etc)?&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Choose the right tool to keep assets in&lt;/strong&gt; - it should allow for visuals, adding metadata and notes, and commenting&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Collaborate with your team&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Your design system is only as strong as your relationships with the teams who use it. You need to develop trust and allow for it to evolve by encouraging participation in its development.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Talk to people who will be using the system to find out what they need&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Educate on value of using a design system based on problems it solves&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Define a purpose to follow: how will the design system help, and who is it for&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Align brand values and define principles of those values to refer to&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;If something is unclear, talk through and get feedback on how to further improve&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Provide a point of contact, support ticketing system, discussion forum, etc&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Include link to docs in other processes like company-wide demos and emails, etc&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Start building and using an initial version of your system early as you continue to find patterns.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;For more on using a design system for your campaigns, check out our free guides for both &lt;a href=&quot;/web-design-system/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;landing pages&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href=&quot;/email-template-guide/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;marketing emails&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;With Blocks Edit, you can &lt;a href=&quot;/getting-started/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;start using your design system&lt;/a&gt; at any point in the process, and regularly add to it while you continue getting campaigns out.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/design-system-primer</id>
		<published>2024-10-21T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/design-system-primer"/>
		<title>A primer on design systems</title>
		<summary>Why you should have one and the main aspects that should be included.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/design-system-elements.png&quot; alt=&quot;An illustration of the pieces of a design system: colors, photos, components, and code.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A design system is essentially an organized way to produce campaigns more consistently. This could be as simple as a brand style guide, or it can get more complex, such as a collection of design patterns and assets.&lt;!-- It generally consists of a design language of colors, spacing, and typography, a library of patterns and components, and documentation of processes and workflows for design and content.--&gt;&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;How does a design system work?&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The goal of a design system is to&lt;!-- provide a set of tools and resources that--&gt; help your team scale design processes. With shared workflows and assets, your team can follow brand guidelines and be more efficient. It helps solve the following problems:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Maintains consistency with on-brand visuals and messaging&lt;!-- voice and tone--&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fixes design and code debt with a reusable framework for increased efficiency and speed&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Improves workflow, not having to reinvent the wheel each time by reusing components, keeping writing focused&lt;!-- on defined messaging principles--&gt;, and following best practices&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Everyone can easily understand decisions made&lt;!-- (including non-designers and developers)--&gt;, while having to make less of them as they refer to a single source of truth for how to do things&lt;/li&gt;

&lt;!--
&lt;li&gt;Communicates expectations clearly to team members with guidelines to refer to when questions come up, reducing the potential for specs and tasks to be misunderstood or misinterpreted&lt;/li&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;li&gt;Develops a company culture with a shared vision and way of doing things that they can depend on&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Saves time to focus on other aspects of your email marketing to further push strategy and innovation for your campaigns&lt;/li&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Acts as a backup for when teams change (as people come in, or leave), with a shared repository of gathered knowledge&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;p&gt;Design systems have been around for a few years, but primarily focused on interface/product design and web design. This guide is specific to email design systems.&lt;/p&gt;
--&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;What to include in a design system&lt;/h2&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;Branding&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can refer to your organization&#039;s current brand guidelines: a styleguide, logo requirements, etc. Any related design documentation that may be available. And any design patterns that are used for your marketing efforts.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Mission statement with values and principles&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Colors and fonts to stick to including a color palette of common colors to use&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Logo usage guidelines&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Guidelines for using visuals — photos, illustrations, icons&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Writing&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The most important part of any campaign is the message it&#039;s communicating, the text itself. Your design system should include some guidelines around how copy is written. From the mechanics of the content, to the voice and tone.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Using a conversational tone as that is usually what&#039;s expected from your brand&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Considering the type of message you&#039;re sending and whether to add more personality to it, or to get straight to the point&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Writing in your own voice at first and tuning to your brand in the revision&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Being creative in the mechanical elements (headlines, call-to-action buttons, etc)&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Reading out loud for flow and catching errors&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Components&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A good component is a) purposeful: all components solve a specific problem; b) reusable: components work for multiple use cases; and c) flexible: they work in many different contexts.&lt;!-- A design system shouldn’t feel like something that stifles creativity. Don&#039;t make it too rigid, a certain level of hand-crafting is important. And it should allow for greater creativity within a set of guidelines.--&gt; The long-term benefit is that a designer can take greater care and give better thought to solving each solution&lt;!-- that becomes part of the system--&gt; instead of rushing to put together something that comes along. &lt;!-- So designers and developers can work on solving higher-level problems and adding more value to the organization. --&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Define a component as a functional unit that has a purpose and is not part of the library already&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Give it a descriptive name that everyone using the system can understand and agree on&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Be sure to test accessibility — color contrast ratio, content voice-over, etc&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Guidelines&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Static components answer the how. Guidelines provide answers to: why, when, and where. &quot;Can we?&quot;, &quot;should we?&quot;, and &quot;what if...&quot; They should educate on constraints: workflows, habits, and best practices. Having this information leads to a reduced need for everyday problem-solving and decision-making&lt;!-- and prevents potential blockers--&gt;.
&lt;!--
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Keep it simple and flexible (especially at the beginning) by not making too many rules&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Include code with each component, either as a link to, or an output within your docs, acting as the main source of truth for how to build it&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Use visual examples and screenshots where needed&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Include a changelog/release notes of regular updates made&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Use a git repo for version control for making updates&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
--&gt;

&lt;p&gt;For more on using a design system for your campaigns, check out our free guides for both &lt;a href=&quot;/web-design-system/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;landing pages&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href=&quot;/email-template-guide/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;marketing emails&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit follows &lt;a href=&quot;/email-design-systems/&quot;&gt;design system principles&lt;/a&gt; and makes designs &lt;a href=&quot;/collaboration/&quot;&gt;interactive and collaborative&lt;/a&gt;, for teams to build and edit using your custom components.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/landing-page-approach</id>
		<published>2024-10-01T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/landing-page-approach"/>
		<title>The landing page approach</title>
		<summary>Even if you don't advertise, the landing page format is useful for more focused messaging and goals for your website's pages.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/landing-pages-design.png&quot; alt=&quot;Examples of different landing page designs.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A landing page is typically defined as a page that you send your audience to from an email, ad, or other digital campaign. Its goal is to encourage users take an action like signing up, or buying a product. What makes a good landing page work is its focused messaging and call-to-action.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Website pages as landing pages&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A homepage cannot be a landing page since its goal is to offer many directions a user can take within the site. While a landing page focuses the user’s goal towards a single action. But other secondary pages on a website can, and maybe should, apply &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/landing-page-techniques/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;landing page techniques&lt;/a&gt;!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Each page would focus on a single idea, and at the end offer an action to take. It could still be to sign up or to make a purchase when it makes sense, but it could also just be a next step to take that’s related to the content on the page. For example, a blog post could include a newsletter sign up for visitors who may be interested in getting future updates.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Landing page mindset&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are three key benefits that you get from your pages being more like landing pages, making them more focused and goal-oriented:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Clarity in messaging&lt;/strong&gt; - a more narrow focus will make your content easier to digest for your audience&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Audience segmentation&lt;/strong&gt; - you can target different needs of different people when you get more specific, making your content more relevant&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Improved search engine ranking&lt;/strong&gt; - your content will contain keywords that are more niche and will appear higher in the long tail of search results&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It also makes tracking results easier when there is a single goal to track on a page. You can see how traffic comes in and how it goes out via the call-to-action.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Speaking of call-to-action — if you want to make building your own landing pages easier, find out how &lt;a href=&quot;/landing-pages/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;our visual editor&lt;/a&gt; can help improve your team’s workflow.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/salesforce-content-editor</id>
		<published>2024-08-29T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/salesforce-content-editor"/>
		<title>Salesforce content editor alternative</title>
		<summary>Building emails and pages using a visual editor that connects to Salesforce Marketing Cloud Content Builder and CloudPages.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/salesforce-editor.png&quot; alt=&quot;Saleforce Content Builder screenshot with a cross over it.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you’re familiar with Salesforce’s Content Builder or CloudPages, you’ll have no doubt felt the frustration of trying to edit content for an email template or landing page. Either from the clunky visual editing experience, or with the limitations that you run into, require getting into the code to make an update.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We’ve felt this with our clients and decided to build our own editing experience with the Blocks Edit visual editor. Here are some ways we’ve focused on resolving the pain points that come with Salesforce’s content production experience and how you can integrate the editing workflow with your Salesforce account.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Better editing experience&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Building an email or landing page in Salesforce requires working within their editing features which are very rigid when it comes to design options. The Blocks Edit visual editor takes a different approach. You can import any HTML email or landing page template to work with. You then enable the content you want to edit by clicking on regions in your template design. No coding needed!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can also use Salesforce variables in your content and even add AMPscript among your content blocks. You can use an HTML template for any kind of email or landing page. Even create custom forms, or a subscription preference center.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;No more limitations&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The design limitations run deep in the editing tools in Salesforce. When trying to customize design options to match your branding, there’s very little you can do with the interface that you often have to get into the code to adjust. Or, you end up breaking the layout in some way, like the mobile version, that you have to fix something, usually again, by getting into the code.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;By using a completely custom HTML template in the Blocks Edit visual editor, you don’t have to worry about those design limitations. And you don’t have to worry about breaking the design in any way as the editing options will only affect your content, leaving the design code intact.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Once you’ve put together your email, you can export it directly using our integration into Salesforce Marketing Cloud. Or, for landing pages, you can copy and paste the HTML and output it into your Salesforce CloudPages campaign.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Ready to get started? &lt;a href=&quot;/salesforce/&quot;&gt;Find out more&lt;/a&gt; about how Blocks Edit will work with your current Salesforce setup.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/landing-page-techniques</id>
		<published>2024-08-02T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/landing-page-techniques"/>
		<title>5 core landing page techniques</title>
		<summary>How to ensure your landing page seamlessly ties in with email marketing.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/landing-pages.png&quot; alt=&quot;Examples of some landing pages.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;Different examples of branded landing pages.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;At the bare minimum, you should make sure the branding of your email is consistent with your website’s branding. This also applies to your messaging. Beyond that, here are five key ways to better connect your landing pages to your email:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Relieve pain points&lt;/strong&gt; - while your email introduces a problem and solutions you can offer, the landing page should emphasize tangible benefits from taking action&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Design for taking action&lt;/strong&gt; - the landing page should have a goal related to the email, such as: signing up for a trial, making a purchase, registering for an event, downloading content, or watching a video&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show, don’t tell&lt;/strong&gt; - show the benefits of your product or service with photos, by describing use cases, and with customer testimonials/reviews&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Keep the CTA simple&lt;/strong&gt; - if you have a sign up form, only have a few initial fields, with any added required fields as a follow-up step&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Build trust&lt;/strong&gt; - include contact details and links to support content&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Email is the &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/email-marketing-landing-pages/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;best way to gain audience interest&lt;/a&gt;, as long as its done right. The above points are a good model to work from whenever you have a landing page that you want to setup for an email. And turn interest into conversion.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Build both on-brand emails, and landing pages using &lt;a href=&quot;https://blocksedit.com/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;the Blocks Edit visual editor&lt;/a&gt; for the best way to produce your campaigns.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/email-marketing-landing-pages</id>
		<published>2024-06-27T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/email-marketing-landing-pages"/>
		<title>Emails with landing pages</title>
		<summary>The most effective way to gain audience interest, and conversions.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/email-landing-page.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;An example of an email, and its landing page.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Every page on your website is essentially a landing page as you bring people in from search, social media, and your emails. However, the more traditional format for a landing page is based around a specific campaign and includes a goal, such as purchasing a product, signing up for a trial, or registering for an event/webinar.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Why email works best&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Email marketing is one of the best ways to point people to these kinds of landing pages as your audience is already familiar with your brand and is interested in what you have to offer. They are more likely to click through than if they saw an ad, or a social media post.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Email also allows you to do more, like segment and personalize for specific audiences. You customize how you present your message. And your audience gets your message directly, unlike a search engine or a social media app acting as a middle-man.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Making them work together&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Here are some best practices to keep in mind when sending out an email that includes a landing page:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Know your audience&lt;/strong&gt; - what are their pain points, why did they sign up for your emails in the first place?&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Match your branding&lt;/strong&gt; - both your email and landing page should be consistent in design and messaging for a seamless user experience&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Use basic email practices&lt;/strong&gt; - include a good subject line, a clear message, and a strong call-to-action that links to your landing page&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Landing page as an extension of your message&lt;/strong&gt; - keep it straight-to-the-point since your audience already knows what to expect, but include additional points to reenforce the campaign goal&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Use media on your landing page&lt;/strong&gt; - added photos and even a video work well to further engage your audience&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Use customer testimonials&lt;/strong&gt; - especially if you’re selling a product&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Include tracking in your links&lt;/strong&gt; - from your email to your page, make sure to use &lt;code&gt;ref&lt;/code&gt;, or &lt;code&gt;utm&lt;/code&gt; variables to track your conversions&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It’s tempting to try and include the goal for a landing page within an email to avoid the extra click. But if you utilize the benefits that emails and landing pages each uniquely have to offer together, that extra click is actually an opportunity for better results.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit allows you to &lt;a href=&quot;/&quot;&gt;build both on-brand email and landing pages&lt;/a&gt;, with a link tracking feature to bring them together.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/marketing-emails-to-send</id>
		<published>2024-06-11T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/marketing-emails-to-send"/>
		<title>54 marketing emails to send out</title>
		<summary>Have all your bases covered by referring to this list of email types, with usage summaries and design examples.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/email-types.png&quot; alt=&quot;A collage of different kinds of marketing emails.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Split into ten categories, these are standard emails to send out for products, services, events, and more. Both transactional and promotional emails.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Welcome/onboarding&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The welcome email is sent as soon as your audience signs up, introducing who you are and what they can expect from your company. &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/designing-welcome-email/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;View examples&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Welcome/account confirmation&lt;/strong&gt; - your first email impression with your customer&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;On-boarding&lt;/strong&gt; - steps for using your product or service which could be a series of emails&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Email verification&lt;/strong&gt; - having your users confirm their email address when signing up&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Announcements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Announcement emails are a way to share and promote something new or updated with your business, product, or service. &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/designing-announcement-email/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;View examples&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol start=&quot;4&quot;&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Product announcement&lt;/strong&gt; - Create hype before the release by sending a teaser to existing customers&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Product launch&lt;/strong&gt; - show the product in action with the photos and videos to help your customers experience it virtually&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Product guide&lt;/strong&gt; - how-to tutorials, images of details, specs, and support information&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Events&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Educate your audience on an event&#039;s value and why it&#039;s worth investing their time in it. &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/designing-event-email/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;View examples&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol start=&quot;7&quot;&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Event announcement&lt;/strong&gt; - introduce the event, what makes it worth attending, and its date&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dive into the details&lt;/strong&gt; - break down sessions with an agenda, speakers, and highlights on of what will be presented&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Registration confirmation&lt;/strong&gt; - confirms successful signup for event and provides next-steps&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Reminder&lt;/strong&gt; - reminds the person of the upcoming event and any last-minute information they should know about&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;What to expect from your appointment&lt;/strong&gt; - details what the customer needs to do to prepare for an appointment&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Live stream notice&lt;/strong&gt; - notify users if your live event is being streamed online&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post-event recordings&lt;/strong&gt; - include how your audience can access recordings of your sessions, if available&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Request feedback afterward&lt;/strong&gt; - ask participants for feedback on how the event went&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Confirmation emails&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sent to audience to confirm something that has happened, like when making a purchase. &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/designing-confirmation-email/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;View examples&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol start=&quot;15&quot;&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Purchase receipt&lt;/strong&gt; - details of order, expectation, and customer support contact&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Delivery status&lt;/strong&gt; - progress of delivery including shipping tracking info&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Download link&lt;/strong&gt; - for digital assets&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Password reset&lt;/strong&gt; - confirmation email for change of account password&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Payment method update&lt;/strong&gt; - confirming change of payment info&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Subscription and payment&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Customers expect to be notified by email about their account subscription and payment-related notices. &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/designing-subscription-payment-email/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;View examples&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol start=&quot;20&quot;&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Membership confirmation&lt;/strong&gt; - highlights benefits and provides user-specific terms of membership&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Free trial expiration&lt;/strong&gt; - notifies recipient that their free trial is nearly over and tells them how to become a paying customer&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upgrade offer&lt;/strong&gt; - if you offer a free plan, let your free members know about your premium options to enhance what they’re already doing&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Auto-renewal&lt;/strong&gt; - informs customer about the upcoming renewal of their service, with options to discontinue service or turn off auto-renewal&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Account ended/cancelled&lt;/strong&gt; - confirmation of membership having ended or being cancelled&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Payment is due reminder&lt;/strong&gt; - notifies the customer about an outstanding bill, triggered potentially at multiple intervals before and after payment is due&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Renewed/payment received&lt;/strong&gt; - if the customer has opted to renew automatically, you can send them a receipt email&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Payment failure alert&lt;/strong&gt; - informs customer that their payment method on file for a recurring service has failed and what they should do&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Notifications&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Activity notification emails for things like product updates or new content. &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/designing-notification-email/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;View examples&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol start=&quot;28&quot;&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Comment or message&lt;/strong&gt; - someone posts a new comment response or sends a direct message to an account&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;New posts&lt;/strong&gt; - an update is made to content that the customer chose to receive email notices for&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Usage-specific&lt;/strong&gt; - core activities made with your product, like taking photos, or writing articles&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Login attempt&lt;/strong&gt; - in cases where usage of an account seems abnormal, it helps to notify the customer&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Product updates&lt;/strong&gt; - important product/service features and changes&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Service changes&lt;/strong&gt; - updated terms or privacy policy changes&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Save for later reminder&lt;/strong&gt; - reminds customer of items they’ve chosen to add to a wishlist&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Availability&lt;/strong&gt; - let’s the customer know an item that they pre-ordered has been released&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Back in stock&lt;/strong&gt; - for products your customers showed interest in but was not available&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sale alert&lt;/strong&gt; - tells customer an item they may be interested in is on sale to encourage a purchase&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Promo and e-commerce&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Capture subscribers&#039; attention to prompt them to make a purchase. This includes upsells and abandon cart triggers. &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/designing-promo-ecommerce-email/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;View examples&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol start=&quot;38&quot;&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upsell&lt;/strong&gt; - providing customers additional product/service options based on options they are interested in&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Browse/cart abandonment&lt;/strong&gt; - when a subscriber browses a product category but doesn’t place anything in their shopping cart&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Project abandonment&lt;/strong&gt; - when a subscriber starts customizing a product or service but doesn’t complete the process&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Checkout abandonment&lt;/strong&gt; - when a subscriber doesn’t finish the checkout process&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Helpful emails&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Provide instructions, offer support options, and ask for feedback on your customer’s experience with your product or service. &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/designing-helpful-email/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;View examples&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol start=&quot;42&quot;&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Care or installation instructions message&lt;/strong&gt; - helps customer properly set up, install, use, or maintain their purchased product&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Support request&lt;/strong&gt; - confirming contact submission, with expected response timeframe&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Quick survey option&lt;/strong&gt; - a star rating system at the end of the email, or a thumbs up thumbs down format as “satisfied” and “not satisfied”&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Engagement emails&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Engagement emails pull in content, products, or services that relate with a previous action taken by an individual. &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/designing-engagement-email/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;View examples&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol start=&quot;45&quot;&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Profile notices&lt;/strong&gt; - let customers know to complete their profile and preferences that allow you to better cater to their interests&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nearly reaching milestone&lt;/strong&gt; - lets customer know they are a number of points, purchases, or dollars away and highlights benefits they’ll receive&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Reaching milestone&lt;/strong&gt; - congratulates customer and goes over the added benefits they now have access to&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Points or reward expiring&lt;/strong&gt; - lets customer know that their points will expire soon and encourages them to use them&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Loyalty program reengagement&lt;/strong&gt; - triggered by a lack of usage, encouraging customer to get additional points&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Product/service recommendations&lt;/strong&gt; - based on general customer interests&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Curated options&lt;/strong&gt; - a collection of themed product/service options&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Personalized recommendations&lt;/strong&gt; - based on the customer’s previous purchases&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Newsletter&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Newsletter emails keep your readers in the know of news and updates, either on your product or service, or a specific topic, or both. &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/designing-newsletter-email/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;View examples&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol start=&quot;53&quot;&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Product/service updates&lt;/strong&gt; - share what’s new to have your readers stay in the know&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Curated info&lt;/strong&gt; - focus on a particular topic that your readers are interested in&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Need a starting point? &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-email-components/&quot;&gt;Download these email components&lt;/a&gt; to use for designing and building your emails.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/starter-page-boilerplate</id>
		<published>2024-05-20T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/starter-page-boilerplate"/>
		<title>Starter page boilerplate</title>
		<summary>Our open source skeleton template that uses modern HTML and CSS code techniques as a starting point for developing custom landing pages.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/starter-page-boilerplate.png&quot; alt=&quot;Some examples of the components included in the Starter page boilerplate template.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-page-template/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Starter page boilerplate template&lt;/a&gt; is what we use when we start coding any new design for a landing page.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The template code uses modern HTML and CSS techniques to make it accessible, compatible across browsers, and easy to work with. And it includes basic component examples based on most commonly used layouts and elements.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Modern HTML and CSS&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The approach we take with our code is to use modern techniques that allow for the most flexibility. Both for design, and for being able to maintain the code long-term. Here are some ways that’s done:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Key header meta options that include mobile properties and dark mode&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Open graph tags for previews used on social media and link cards&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Column layouts using CSS grid&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Standalone component examples for images, text, and buttons&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Example layouts for various standard column formats&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Basic components&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The components included come out of common design patterns for landing pages. They provide structure for your design pieces and are mobile-responsive ready. Here’s what they can be used for:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Header and footer examples&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Standard image with text formats&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Two-column and three-column layouts&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;A four-column with icons and short text&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Listing of items&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The template is &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-page-template/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;now available&lt;/a&gt; as a free to download, with Blocks Edit template tags added as well.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/new-landing-pages</id>
		<published>2024-05-14T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/new-landing-pages"/>
		<title>Blocks Edit for landing pages</title>
		<summary>You can now use the visual editor for editing and building static pages, with the same simple interface and collaboration features.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/screenshot-landing-page-editor.png&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshot of the visual editor interface for a landing page example.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;When uploading a new theme, you now have the option to upload HTML for pages. Once uploaded, the dashboard for your theme, along with the visual editor, adjust to web page-specific options.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Familiar interface&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Everything will look familiar as the same core content workflow and features have been translated to work with landing pages. This includes:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Drag and drop, point and click inline content editing&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Saved layouts to use for different page types&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Pinning of content to reuse across pages&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Building and editing for any team member to use&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Draft and preview link for sharing, with commenting for team members&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Checklist of important content reminders&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Revision history of updates made by your team&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Integrations for hosting assets and exporting, platform agnostic to work with any host provider&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Editing setup&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/getting-started/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Setting up your landing page theme&lt;/a&gt; is as easy as with an email and you can also use the visual theme editor to make your HTML content editable.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;And just like with emails, you can get started with your design and &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;build and edit pages for free&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/starter-components</id>
		<published>2024-05-07T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/starter-components"/>
		<title>Starter email components theme</title>
		<summary>Featuring 10 standard email templates built from common design patterns that come from referencing hundreds of real-world emails.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/starter-email-components-patterns.png&quot; alt=&quot;Abstract icons of 15 commonly used email design patterns.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Our new &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-email-components/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Starter email components theme&lt;/a&gt; is a collection of 10 standard email types that came out of browsing and studying hundreds of emails! The theme is made up of 15 stackable, commonly used sections.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Email types&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The theme includes examples of each email type:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Welcome/onboarding&lt;/strong&gt; - sent when your audience signs up&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Announcements&lt;/strong&gt; - share something new or updated&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Events&lt;/strong&gt; - educate your audience on your event’s value&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Confirmation emails&lt;/strong&gt; - confirm actions, like during the purchase process&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Subscription and payment&lt;/strong&gt; - account info and payment-related notices&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Notifications&lt;/strong&gt; - activity related to product or service&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Promo and e-commerce&lt;/strong&gt; - product offerings and recommendations&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Helpful emails&lt;/strong&gt; - instructions, support info, and feedback requests&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Engagement emails&lt;/strong&gt; - content based on customer’s previous actions&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Newsletter&lt;/strong&gt; - news and updates for a topic, or your product or service, or both&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Components&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;These common design patterns can be reused modularly to build different kinds of emails:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Intro/hero&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;callout&lt;/strong&gt; for featured and hi-lighted information&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Information listing&lt;/strong&gt; of related items&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Short info listing&lt;/strong&gt; as four items on a single line&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Two-column&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;three-column&lt;/strong&gt; layouts, commonly used for newsletters&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Product overview&lt;/strong&gt; with a photo, description, price and link to buy&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Product listing&lt;/strong&gt; of multiple products in a grid&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order receipt&lt;/strong&gt; and current &lt;strong&gt;delivery status&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Event listing&lt;/strong&gt; in a calendar format and &lt;strong&gt;booking confirmation&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Quick survey&lt;/strong&gt; star rating with direct submission&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Profile card&lt;/strong&gt; format for loyalty programs with basic user info&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Message sent&lt;/strong&gt; by a user from your service’s dashboard&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-email-components/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;download the Starter email components theme for free&lt;/a&gt; and start using it to design and build your own emails.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;The Starter email components theme is included with new Blocks Edit accounts. &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Sign up for free&lt;/a&gt; to start using it in the visual editor.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/designing-newsletter-email</id>
		<published>2024-04-25T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/designing-newsletter-email"/>
		<title>Newsletter email essentials</title>
		<summary>Newsletters are by far the most popular type of email sent out, meant to keep your readers in the know with news and updates.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/newsletter-emails.png&quot; alt=&quot;Different examples of newsletter emails.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;Different examples of branded newsletter emails.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A newsletter email is an opportunity to share various information and content with your readers. Whether it’s related to your product or service, or about a particular topic, or topics, that your readers are interested in.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It typically consists of a round-up of links to content for further reading. A regular release cadence, like weekly or monthly, is common for a newsletter, but not strictly required.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;What makes a good newsletter&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Newsletters are meant to educate, inform, or entertain. That’s why people subscribe to them! You should first and foremost make sure your content adds value for your readers. Have a good understanding of what your readers care about.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The content should be consistent and on-topic for your audience to know what to expect from you. Be discerning in your curation, and thoughtful of your reader’s time.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If your newsletter is related to your product or service, you can certainly include content around your product or service as long as it’s useful to your readers. News on your product or service, upcoming webinars or events, and informational blog posts, are some good examples.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Standard formatting&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Because newsletters often have various links to articles, the content tends to be formatted in a few standard ways to offer a good preview of what the article is about:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-information-listing.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Information listing illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As listings with a description, with or without an accompanying image, and a call to action.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-two-column.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Two-column illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As two column listings with descriptions, with or without images, and call to actions.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-three-column.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Three-column illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Or as three column listings with shorter descriptions, smaller optional images, and call to actions.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;For working examples of newsletter components that you can refer to when designing your emails, &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-email-components/&quot;&gt;download our starter theme&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Setup your own newsletter design as visually editable components for your team to build out and edit emails with the &lt;a href=&quot;/getting-started/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit editor&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/how-to-editorial-workflow</id>
		<published>2024-04-16T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/how-to-editorial-workflow"/>
		<title>How to: team editorial workflow</title>
		<summary>The content review process in Blocks Edit and how your coworkers can be a part of it.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/editorial-workflow.png&quot; alt=&quot;An illustration of the Blocks Edit editorial workflow: content creation, editing + review, design changes, review + approvals.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;People you work with producing content for your emails can be brought into Blocks Edit at any step along the way.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Initial content writing&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Writing content is normally done in a text editor with the copywriter highlighting certain aspects of potential design elements, like a call to action button or banner.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In Blocks Edit, the copywriter can write directly in the visual editor and drag and drop predesigned components that they can work their copy into. Inline editing of content shows them how their content will look in its final form, in real time. So there&#039;s no back and forth needed about how content fits within the design.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Copy editing and review&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Reviewing content often requires other people to look at and make adjustments or provide feedback. Instead of passing around docs and gathering notes in multiple places, you can do it all in Blocks Edit by sharing the email with coworkers. Either via a link to get feedback, or by inviting them into the editor to make adjustments themselves.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;They can view your email in its current state and add comments that you can respond to. And they don&#039;t even need to setup an account to do it. To make edits, they sign in and the email is available on their dashboard. Their changes are kept as part of a revision history that you can roll back if needed.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Design edits and additions&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Additional design work may be needed, either for special imagery, or for updating or adding a new content component. Blocks Edit allows for making design updates while you continue working on your email.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A designer can add new components to the email’s template and they’ll be available for you to then drag into your email to use. They can also modify a current component that you can then update within your email’s design.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Final review&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To get final approvals, there are multiple options for sharing. Either as a link for review and feedback. A test email that can be sent out. Or, a PDF version of the email can be downloaded to pass out.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To help with quality control, the Blocks Edit editor has notices to help you out. For images without alt tags, if a link&#039;s URL is missing, and if tracking for links should be added (if the feature is enabled). A checklist for the team can also be added with reminders for content that should be reviewed.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;h2&gt;Exporting for sending&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When your email is ready to send, you can export it in a standard format that works with any email provider.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use the Blocks Edit FTP integration to export your images to your host. Your image URL’s will be updated in your HTML after exporting so it’s ready to go without requiring further edits.&lt;/p&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Sign up for your free Blocks Edit account&lt;/a&gt; and bring in your coworkers to become a part of your email production&#039;s workflow.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/designing-engagement-email</id>
		<published>2024-03-27T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/designing-engagement-email"/>
		<title>Engagement email essentials</title>
		<summary>Loyalty program notifications, product recommendations, and triggered emails for keeping customers engaged.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/engagement-emails.png&quot; alt=&quot;Different examples of engagement emails.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;Different examples of branded engagement emails.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;There are various ways to keep your customer engaged in your product or service, even after the initial purchase. Recommendations based on previous shopping, triggered emails based on usage of your product or service, or through notifications related to your loyalty program.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Loyalty/reward notifications&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-profile-card.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Profile card illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Loyalty emails show customer appreciation based on your customer’s interaction with your product or service. You can send out offers or specific triggered emails based their previous purchases and points earned.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Initial messages&lt;/strong&gt; - these messages let customers know to complete their profile and preferences that allow you to better cater to their interests.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nearly reaching a level or number of points&lt;/strong&gt; - lets customer know they are a number of points, purchases, or dollars away from reaching a certain level or earning a milestone of points in the program and highlights the benefits they’ll receive.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Reaching a milestone&lt;/strong&gt; - congratulates customer on getting to a certain level of your program or earning a milestone of points and goes over the added benefits they now have access to.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Points or reward expiring&lt;/strong&gt; - lets customer know that their points will expire soon and encourages them to use them towards their rewards.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Loyalty program reengagement&lt;/strong&gt; - triggered by a lack of loyalty program usage, encouraging customer to get additional points by continuing their usage.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Discovery/recommendations&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-product-listing.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Product listing illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you have a range of content, products, or services, you can send out emails that allow for your customers to discover new options for them.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;General recommendations&lt;/strong&gt; - based on aggregate data of your customers.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Curated options&lt;/strong&gt; - a collection of themed options. Holidays are an example of a good opportunity for these.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Personalized recommendations&lt;/strong&gt; - based on the customer’s previous purchases. These usually perform the best.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Triggered&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-booking-details.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Booking details illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you have a product or service that involves interaction from your customers, you can setup triggered emails to encourage further engagement.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Progression&lt;/strong&gt; - customer doesn’t finish filling out their profile details or setting up required preferences to use your product or service.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Action taken&lt;/strong&gt; - customer performs a certain action that would benefit from an email reminder at a later time. Like bookmarking a product, or registering for an event.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Usage reengagement&lt;/strong&gt; - lack of app sessions or service usage, encouraging user to open the app with incentives, or by giving them usage tips, or highlighting new features.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Another type of engagement email worth considering are anniversaries of when your user signed up, a birthday email, or other special occasions that may be relevant to your product or service. A recent trend has also been year-in-review emails sent out towards the end of the year that highlight your customer’s usage of your product or service in a fun way.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;For working examples of engagement components that you can refer to when designing your emails, &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-email-components/&quot;&gt;download our starter theme&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Setup your own engagement design as visually editable components for your team to build out and edit emails with the &lt;a href=&quot;/getting-started/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit editor&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/how-to-template-format</id>
		<published>2024-03-18T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/how-to-template-format"/>
		<title>How to: the Blocks Edit template format</title>
		<summary>A single HTML page consisting of modules with placeholder content.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/screenshot-editable-text.png&quot; alt=&quot;A screenshot of the Blocks Edit visual template editor with an example template.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;The Blocks Edit visual template editor, making a piece of text editable.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The core idea behind the template setup for Blocks Edit is to keep things simple by using the HTML you’ve already got. You can start with a current email, or a collection of template modules. You may already have a template in this format that you use for your email’s design system or style guide.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Make it editable&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To start enabling editing options, you can import your HTML and use the visual template editor. An example is shown in the screenshot above.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Or, you can add tags around your code that are unobtrusive to your design. Here’s the same example done via code:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;p class=&quot;block-edit&quot; data-block=&quot;feature-copy&quot;&gt;Our very own Product Design Lead, Lucy Denton, is speaking at the UX Australia Design Research 2021 conference about her experiences engaging in research as a designer. Don&#039;t worry if you can&#039;t make it-she&#039;s already written a brilliant article on the subject.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The visual editor adds tags to your code the same way as if you did it manually. And &lt;a href=&quot;/help/template-editor/make-content-editable/#how-code-is-handled&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;won’t mess with&lt;/a&gt; your code&#039;s functionality.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Make it usable&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Since editable options are added around content, you can use placeholder content as a guide for how content should be plugged in so it works well with your design. You can additionally set limits around the content like &lt;a href=&quot;/help/template-editor/editable-content/#min-max-char&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;text length&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/how-to-image-formatting/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;image sizing limitations&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It also allows for using standard content template tags like Liquid. Or tokens from your email provider, for example: {{firstName}}, used for &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/how-to-personalization-segmentation/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;personalization&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Make it modular&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Drag and drop modules consist of turning your design elements into sections and components. Sections are stackable containers. Components are elements that can be placed in those containers alongside your content, like headlines and buttons.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You’ll want to maintain a good balance between having flexible components that can be used within various sections, and having sections that are already laid out with elements that are meant for very specific use cases. This &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/preview/t/2065/5ced4209bcf6f9fe8b12853c2a36cfc8b7cdba4d&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;template from DICK&#039;S Sporting Goods&lt;/a&gt; is a good example that offers a wide variety of both.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Make updates&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Your template can be updated independently of the emails you’re currently working on. You can make changes to current modules in your template and add new ones. Your latest modules will be ready to use as soon as you import a new version of your template, or save updates made in the template editor. Here’s &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/how-to-template-updates-workflow/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;a video walkthrough&lt;/a&gt; of the template update cycle.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Blocks Edit template model works around any design, makes implementation easy to manage, and streamlines the update workflow for you to keep your template up-to-date without it being a hassle.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Use Blocks Edit free&lt;/a&gt; and import your HTML to get started.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/designing-helpful-email</id>
		<published>2024-02-22T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/designing-helpful-email"/>
		<title>Helpful email essentials</title>
		<summary>Providing instructions, offering support options, and asking for feedback on your customer’s overall experience.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/helpful-emails.png&quot; alt=&quot;Different examples of helpful emails.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;Different examples of branded helpful emails.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;When &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/designing-welcome-email/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;welcoming a customer&lt;/a&gt; as they sign up for your product, or &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/designing-announcement-email/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;introducing them to a new product&lt;/a&gt;, making sure they have all the information they need for how to use it is key.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Instructions&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-product.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Product illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Starting with basic instructions. Any needed installation instructions for properly setting up the product, and using it in conjunction with your customer&#039;s current setup.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Either within the email itself, or by providing links to help docs, tutorial videos, or even forums they can browse and participate in with any potential questions.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Support options&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-information-listing.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Information listing illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Along with instructions, you’ll want to make sure you include ways that your customers can get contact support for help.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;And when a user sends a customer support email, consider an automated return email that confirms their message was received and sets an expectation of how long until they will get a response back.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;An important factor to support emails is to allow for your customers to reply to the emails they receive directly. Email is for communication, so a basic reply should be made possible, even when the emails are automated.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Feedback survey&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-survey.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Survey illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Beyond the initial product introduction, after your customers have been using your product for a while, you may want to get feedback on their experience.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Letting them know it helps guide and improve the product for them is helpful to get up front. How extensive the survey is and how much time it will take is also important for your customers to plan accordingly.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Another way to go is to offer single-click questions as part of other emails you send. Like a simple star rating they can click on, or “satisfied” or “not satisfied” options. Or a single question with multiple choices to choose from.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;For working examples of helpful components that you can refer to when designing your emails, &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-email-components/&quot;&gt;download our starter theme&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Setup your own helpful design as visually editable components for your team to build out and edit emails with the &lt;a href=&quot;/getting-started/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit editor&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/how-to-pins</id>
		<published>2024-02-20T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/how-to-pins"/>
		<title>How to: pin content to use later</title>
		<summary>Save sections of content you put together to reuse in emails, update saved content, and keep your library organized with groups.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/pin-board.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;A photo of a board of pinned pieces of content for a magazine.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;A board of pinned pieces of content for a magazine.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Pinning a section allows saving content that you can reuse across emails. It’s as simple as using the pin icon in the upper right of a section. Just give your pin a name and a screenshot of its current state is generated and put in the left sidebar under a Pins panel.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Pin versions&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Clicking on the pin icon of a pin that has been previously saved will bring up that pin’s revision history. You can choose to save a new version of the pin with your updated content. You can also view a preview of the pin’s past revisions, and roll back to a particular version to use instead.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If a pin you’re using has an updated version added, there will be a red dot on the section’s pin option, no matter which emails you’re in email. This allows you to get the latest version of the pin’s content, if you want. You will be shown the revision history view to preview the changes first before committing to do so.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Pin groups&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As you start collecting more pins, you can start organizing them into groups. Click the &lt;strong&gt;Add a pin group&lt;/strong&gt; button, at the top of the pins sidebar, and give your group a name. When creating a new pin, you’ll have a dropdown of your groups to put the pin in.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Groups appear on the left sidebar with a drop down option. Collapsing a group shows the pins within the group for you to use in your email.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;You can use pins today in Blocks Edit. &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Sign up for free!&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/how-to-integrations</id>
		<published>2024-02-13T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/how-to-integrations"/>
		<title>How to: workflow integrations</title>
		<summary>Transfer image assets to your host of choice, connect to your current platforms, and utilize your organization’s single-sign on.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/integrations-workflow.png&quot; alt=&quot;An abstract illustration of integrations connecting to workflows.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Similar to how Blocks Edit utilizes modular template design, our integrations are also modular, made to fit within your workflow. You pick what you need at a particular point in your process.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;And because we take a platform agnostic first approach, integrations follow standard protocols for total flexibility and to ensure you have complete control of &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/portable-assets/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;how you manage your assets&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;h2&gt;Images and hosting&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For your email’s images, in Blocks Edit, you connect to your hosting provider to upload the images you use via sFTP. Your host could be the same host as your organization’s website. You could also connect to a CDN like AWS, or Google Cloud Storage.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While working on your email in the Blocks Edit editor, you can upload any images you need from your computer, or from your connected image source. The editor will &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/how-to-image-formatting/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;format your image automatically&lt;/a&gt;, according to rules set in the template. And you can crop your image as well.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When you’re ready to export your email to send out, one of the export steps includes exporting your uploaded images. This is where you can select your host, and even browse and choose what folder you want to upload to. Your images get transferred, and their URL’s get updated in your HTML so your email is ready to send.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Exporting to your email provider&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After exporting your images to your host, the next step is to export your email’s HTML. It will be made available for download in its final form so you can then just import it into your email provider. You can also export to your host which works great for having an online version of your email to link to.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Additionally, we have &lt;a href=&quot;/integrations/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;some common email providers&lt;/a&gt; you can choose from to connect to directly. This allows you to transfer your HTML to the email provider directly instead of downloading your HTML and importing it manually.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Single sign-on&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If your organization uses single sign-on, you can get your account setup to utilize its benefits by connecting to Blocks Edit. We have options for the SAML standard that works with any SSO provider, or direct connections to Okta and OneLogin.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Once connected, anyone in your organization can use your SSO to come into your Blocks Edit setup to view and edit emails. Accounts are provisioned automatically as they are created via your SSO provider and Blocks Edit is shown as part of your other dashboard tools.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Sign up for free&lt;/a&gt; to use Blocks Edit and add integrations as you need them.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/per-user-pricing</id>
		<published>2024-02-06T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/per-user-pricing"/>
		<title>Blocks Edit individual user plan</title>
		<summary>New $15/user per month plan expands availability to more team sizes and types.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/per-user-pricing.webp&quot; alt=&quot;Solo - Free - No limit on the number of templates or emails for building and editing | Team - $15/user per month - Coworkers can also review email previews and comment at no added per user cost | Integrations - $5/user per month, each&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;We’ve updated our pricing to make it more flexible for teams of all kinds, with a per user option that allows coworkers to add editors as their team grows.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Our &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/new-review-mode/&quot;&gt;recently upgraded review mode&lt;/a&gt; allows coworkers to review and comment on email previews without an added per user cost.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Updated integration pricing too&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We’re also making integrations more available and flexible at an added $5/user per month for each integration, no matter the type of integration. From uploading to your assets host, to direct email provider connections, to single sign-on for your organization. And any future integrations that we add.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Free solo plan&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;And we still have our free plan for a single user to use all that Blocks Edit has to offer as well.  With all editing features, and no limits on templates used or emails built.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We’re excited by the new opportunities this allows for people to access a better way to build the best quality emails. And to be able build and edit them with their team!&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Now is the best time to &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;sign up for your Blocks Edit account&lt;/a&gt; and get started building great emails with your team.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/new-review-mode</id>
		<published>2024-01-30T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/new-review-mode"/>
		<title>Blocks Edit update: review commenting</title>
		<summary>Coworkers can now review and comment on email previews without requiring having an account.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/screenshot-review-mode.webp&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshot of the Blocks Edit visual editor with the comments sidebar and the guest user modal.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;We’ve revamped our email review mode to make it more useful. Like before, you can share a direct link to the preview for an email you’re working on. Now, anyone that you send the link to can add a comment with their thoughts as a guest, without having to have an account to post their comment.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Comments sidebar&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Commenting takes place as part of a timeline view which can be accessed from the right sidebar activity icon. Here you can view a history of updates made to the email and by whom, as well as their comments. This sidebar was previously only available when team members were logged into their Blocks Edit account.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Posting a comment&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;At the top of the sidebar is the option to submit a new comment. The comment then appears as part of the timeline view below where your coworkers can respond to it. When clicking on the field, a modal comes up for them to enter their name. That’s all that’s needed and they can then share their thoughts on your email.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;You can use preview links with commenting now as part of your Blocks Edit team plan. Not signed up for Blocks Edit yet? &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Sign up to start using it free.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/designing-promo-ecommerce-email</id>
		<published>2024-01-11T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/designing-promo-ecommerce-email"/>
		<title>Promo/e-commerce email essentials</title>
		<summary>Sales and special offers for your customers, upselling, and abandon cart techniques.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/promo-ecommerce-emails.png&quot; alt=&quot;Different examples of promo/e-commerce emails.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;Different examples of branded promo/e-commerce emails.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A promo email can be specific to a product, or offer a range of products. Promotion for a singular product can be a &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/designing-announcement-email/&quot;&gt;product introduction&lt;/a&gt;, update, or sale. Multiple products could be showcased together as part of a category or theme.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Sales&lt;/h2&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-callout.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Callout illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When sending out an email that offers a sale, try to impart a sense of exclusivity for your subscribers to feel like they’re getting the offer before anybody else. You can include additional product/service options to cater to the diverse needs of your customers, and as an opportunity to upsell.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Consider segmenting your promotions to specific customers to better target your offer. Segmenting can come from their previous shopping habits or preselected interests.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Upselling&lt;/h2&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-product-listing.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Product listing illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Upselling is a way to give your customers additional options. “Since you looked at this product, you might also like these ones” or “People who bought this product also bought these ones.”&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Upselling can be made along with promoting related products along a single product, or as a collection of products based on a customer’s previous shopping habits.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Abandon cart&lt;/h2&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-product.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Product illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Abandonment emails, also known as abandoned cart, or abandon cart for short, are automated reminders sent to individuals who have not finished an online transaction. They can be effective since they’re based on actual items the customer chose. An email is typically sent about an hour after the customer abandons the purchase.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Whether potential customers got distracted or weren’t sure about buying, the email provides a reminder and reassurance about the potential purchase and works as a great way to recover lost sales. Be sure to address some of the possible reasons people didn’t purchase, for example by encouraging them to check out different color options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sometimes people abandon purchases because they’re just not confident in the product or service. To overcome this, offer social proof by showcasing some testimonials and stories of customers using the product.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;For working examples of promo/e-commerce components that you can refer to when designing your emails, &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-email-components/&quot;&gt;download our starter theme&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Setup your own promo/e-commerce design as visually editable components for your team to build out and edit emails with the &lt;a href=&quot;/getting-started/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit editor&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/designing-notification-email</id>
		<published>2023-11-30T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/designing-notification-email"/>
		<title>Notification email essentials</title>
		<summary>Before SMS and phone notifications, there were emails, and they are still the most effective way for your customers to get important, timely, notices.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/notification-emails.png&quot; alt=&quot;Different examples of notification emails.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;Different examples of branded notification emails.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Notification emails, like &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/designing-confirmation-email/&quot;&gt;confirmation emails&lt;/a&gt;, are all transactional. They are a response to a user’s previous actions. Even though they are all transactional, you’ll want to make sure to include unsubscribe settings for some of these as your customers may not all agree with how important you think it is for them to receive them.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Activity updates&lt;/h2&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-message.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Message illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Usually for apps and Saas products, these standard notification types are related to a customer’s interaction with your product or service.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Comment or message&lt;/strong&gt; - someone posts a new comment response or sends a direct message to an account&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;New posts&lt;/strong&gt; - an update is made to content that the customer chose to receive email notices for&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Usage-specific&lt;/strong&gt; - core activities made with your product, like taking photos, or writing articles&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Login attempt&lt;/strong&gt; - in cases where usage of an account seems abnormal, it helps to notify the customer&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If there’s the potential for many notifications on a regular basis, consider grouping them with a summary email of messages or posts made within a given period, like a day, or a week. Grouping notifications are a good way to keep the customer subscribed without overwhelming them with too many emails. It also serves as a reminder for the customer to engage with your product or website.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Alerts&lt;/h2&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-booking-details.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Booking details illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;These are usually related to &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/designing-subscription-payment-email/&quot;&gt;subscriptions and payments&lt;/a&gt;, but can also be reminders and any service changes your customers should be made aware of, like updated terms or privacy policy changes.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Service updates can fall into this category as well. The focus should be on whether it greatly affects your customer’s current use of the product. New product features can be included, but should be kept to things your users would want to know about, not every single push you make. Giving them the option of what kinds of updates they get emails for can be helpful.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Ecommerce&lt;/h2&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-product.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Product illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Similar to content updates, these are product-specific based on a user’s interaction with your online store, either for physical or digital goods.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Save for later reminder&lt;/strong&gt; - reminds customer of items they’ve chosen to “save for later” or added to a wishlist&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Availability&lt;/strong&gt; - let’s the customer know that an item that they pre-ordered has been released&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Back in stock&lt;/strong&gt; - for products your customers showed interest in but was not available&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sale alert&lt;/strong&gt; - tells customer an item they purchase regularly is on sale to encourage a purchase&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sales emails are generally considered promotional, not transactional, but if the product/service sold is relevant to actions the user has taken in the past, then it can count as transactional. You can additionally include an opt-in option for receiving sales and promo emails when your customer signs up for their account.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;For working examples of notification components that you can refer to when designing your emails, &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-email-components/&quot;&gt;download our starter theme&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Setup your own notification design as visually editable components for your team to build out and edit emails with the &lt;a href=&quot;/getting-started/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit editor&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/designing-subscription-payment-email</id>
		<published>2023-11-15T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/designing-subscription-payment-email"/>
		<title>Subscription and payment email essentials</title>
		<summary>Important member management options and recurring payments.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/subscription-payment-emails.png&quot; alt=&quot;Different examples of subscription and payment emails.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;Different examples of branded subscription and payment emails.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Subscription and payment-related notifications are where email becomes most relevant as it’s where users expect to be notified about their accounts.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Account status&lt;/h2&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-intro-hero.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Intro/Hero illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Seems basic and common, but is the most important when it comes to maintaining the relationship with an on-going customer.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Membership confirmation&lt;/strong&gt; - welcome email for a membership highlighting its benefits and providing any user-specific details like term of membership&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Free trial expiration&lt;/strong&gt; - notifies recipient that their free trial is nearly over and tells them how to become a paying customer&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upgrade offer&lt;/strong&gt; - if you offer a free plan, you can let your free members know about your premium options to enhance what they’re already doing&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Auto-renewal&lt;/strong&gt; - informs customer about the upcoming renewal of their service, which usually also reminds them of the benefits of their service, with options to discontinue service or turn off auto-renewal&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Service expiration&lt;/strong&gt; - tells customer about the upcoming end of their service and encourages them to renew or purchase another service&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Account ended/cancelled&lt;/strong&gt; - confirmation of membership having ended or being cancelled&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As a new account is on its way to expiring and potentially getting cancelled, consider offering incentives and promotions for users to become paying customers. You can also allow them to extend their trial with an option directly in the email!&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Payments&lt;/h2&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-receipt.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Receipt illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If your company bills on a recurring basis, a series of emails may be needed around your service and payment.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Payment is due reminder&lt;/strong&gt; - triggered potentially at multiple intervals before and after a payment is due, this message notifies the customer about an outstanding bill&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Renewed/payment received&lt;/strong&gt; - instead of reminding of a payment, if the customer has opted to renew automatically, you can send them a receipt email&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Payment failure alert&lt;/strong&gt; - informs customer that their payment method on file for a recurring service has failed and what they should do&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You will eventually run into an issue with a payment method. Dunning is the act of notifying customers that a recurring payment has failed, usually because of outdated payment information, insufficient funds, or a lost, stolen, or otherwise blocked card.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Dunning process&lt;/h2&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-callout.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Callout illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Your dunning emails serve to guide the customer through the process of updating their details and solving the problem and should be as frictionless as possible to ensure that a payment is made:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Most failed payments aren’t due to customers not being willing to pay, so be gentle when notifying them about a failed payment&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Provide step-by-step instructions to let the customer know how simple the process is&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Explain what customers can expect to happen with their account when updating their information, or if they don’t do it within a given timeframe&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Link directly to their account page where they can update their payment info&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Include customer support contact info in case they have any questions&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Multiple reminder emails may be needed if there is no response to the initial one&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Most customers don’t instantly know why a payment failed. Expired credit cards are not uncommon, especially when someone has been a customer for a while. There’s also fraud and other issues that could have caused a payment to get canceled. It can help to also make your customer aware of these potential issues in case they need to take additional steps to resolve them.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;For working examples of subscription and payment components that you can refer to when designing your emails, &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-email-components/&quot;&gt;download our starter theme&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Setup your own subscription and payment design as visually editable components for your team to build out and edit emails with the &lt;a href=&quot;/getting-started/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit editor&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/case-study-fisher-paykel</id>
		<published>2023-10-24T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/case-study-fisher-paykel"/>
		<title>How Fisher &amp; Paykel built on-brand emails with their team</title>
		<summary>Producing emails with Blocks Edit significantly reduced the need for design and development and increased output of their emails.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/blocks-edit-fisher-paykel.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;A man and woman in their kitchen, using their Fisher &amp; paykel appliances.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Fisher &amp; Paykel has been designing products since 1934 and has grown into a global company with appliances sold in more than 50 countries around the world. Their proud heritage is founded on a pioneering spirit and a culture of curiosity that has challenged conventional appliance design for decades.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Their email marketing team wanted to reduce the amount of time they spent building their emails so they could work on more campaigns than they were able to. They realized that using a template builder was the solution, but wanted to be able to use their custom, branded designs. They also wanted to ensure compatibility with their email provider.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
  &lt;p&gt;&quot;We were looking for an email template builder that would allow us to create on-brand emails, preload ESP-specific coding, and be easy to use for people with no email building experience. Blocks Edit was the perfect solution.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
  &lt;cite&gt;— Ralph van den Broeck, Marketing Automation Manager, Fisher &amp; Paykel Appliances&lt;/cite&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;div style=&quot;border: #ccc 1px solid; height: 500px; overflow-y: scroll;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/case-study-fisher-paykel-1.webp&quot; width=&quot;760&quot; alt=&quot;Fisher &amp; Paykel email example&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br&gt;
&lt;figcaption&gt;
  &lt;p style=&quot;text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;&quot;&gt;Fisher &amp; Paykel email example&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/figcaption&gt;

&lt;p&gt;They could use their designs and allow team members to visually build emails in Blocks Edit, offloading the added development work that their designers had to do to regularly produce their emails. Other team members could now easily build and edit emails while adhering to their brand guidelines.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
  &lt;p&gt;&quot;With Blocks Edit, we can import our own HTML templates and turn them into drag-and-drop templates that are always on brand. We can also limit the ability to change copy and styling options, so that anyone can use the tool and expect an on-brand result.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
  &lt;cite&gt;— Ralph van den Broeck, Marketing Automation Manager, Fisher &amp; Paykel Appliances&lt;/cite&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Once they started using Blocks Edit, they were immediately able to output more emails in less time, allowing them to plan and launch more campaigns than they could before and ultimately reach more customers.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Blocks Edit has significantly reduced our need for a UX designer&#039;s time and increased our productivity. We can now focus on creating engaging content instead of having to deal with rendering issues, freeing up our UX designer to focus on other projects.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
  &lt;cite&gt;— Ralph van den Broeck, Marketing Automation Manager, Fisher &amp; Paykel Appliances&lt;/cite&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;div style=&quot;border: #ccc 1px solid; height: 500px; overflow-y: scroll;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/case-study-fisher-paykel-2.webp&quot; width=&quot;760&quot; alt=&quot;Fisher &amp; Paykel email example for their Haier brand&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br&gt;
&lt;figcaption&gt;
  &lt;p style=&quot;text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;&quot;&gt;Fisher &amp; Paykel email example for their Haier brand&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/figcaption&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/how-it-works/&quot;&gt;Learn more about Blocks Edit&lt;/a&gt; and how it can work for you and your team.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/designing-confirmation-email</id>
		<published>2023-10-12T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/designing-confirmation-email"/>
		<title>Confirmation email essentials</title>
		<summary>Confirmation emails are some of the most widely read, and are often saved to be referenced at a later time.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/confirmation-emails.png&quot; alt=&quot;Different examples of confirmation emails.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;Different examples of branded confirmation emails.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Confirmation emails are all transactional, most commonly used for sign ups and account creation, and purchase and delivery information. Because these emails contain dynamic content, they are often handled by IT departments, though many email providers have API’s that allow for bringing in necessary data for automated sends.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Purchase&lt;/h2&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-receipt.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Receipt illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Order/purchase receipts are the most necessary of emails to send. Start with practical elements like necessary details of what was ordered, customer support contact info, highlighted FAQ’s, and any options for making changes to an order (like updating their shipping address). Including images for the products makes it easy for the customer to ensure it’s what they ordered. In your totals, highlight discounts given.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Additionally, show related products for cross-selling opportunities, if applicable to the customer and their specific order. Show added value, like info on your rewards program (and how the purchase can be applied towards their account), or any discount offers on future purchases.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;And delivery&lt;/h2&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-status.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Status illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If the order requires processing and/or delivery, include details on how your customer can check on the status, like a tracking link, and make the expected delivery date clear. Consider showing a status bar with the important steps of the process. And if needed, send out multiple emails for the steps.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;At the end of the process, ask for feedback on the purchase experience, or for a review of the product(s) or service(s). And options to share/refer to friends and family. You can offer a discount code as incentive to share.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Required actions&lt;/h2&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-callout.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Callout illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are confirmation emails that require an action to be taken by the user. Such as verifying the email address that they signed up with, moving forward with a password reset, or downloading expected digital assets. In these cases, copy should be kept short, with a clear call-to-action. Related content, like helpful tips, can be added below the key information.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Helpful notices&lt;/h2&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-booking-details.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Booking details illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Notices of actions made are also good to send out. Like when important changes are made to their account. Or a payment method is updated. Or for an appointment that’s scheduled.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Even letting users know you’ve received a message that they sent, either via email, or by submitting a form on your website. Be sure to include when they can expect a reply.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;For working examples of confirmation components that you can refer to when designing your emails, &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-email-components/&quot;&gt;download our starter theme&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Setup your own confirmation design as visually editable components for your team to build out and edit emails with the &lt;a href=&quot;/getting-started/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit editor&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/designing-event-email</id>
		<published>2023-09-25T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/designing-event-email"/>
		<title>Event email essentials</title>
		<summary>If you hold an event, email is a great way to inform your audience about it and set their expectations.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/event-emails.png&quot; alt=&quot;Different examples of event emails.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;Different examples of branded event emails.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Whether your event is in-person or online, email ensures your audience is updated on a timely basis. From packed multi-day sessions, to single appointment reminders.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Effective patterns&lt;/h2&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-callout.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Callout illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Start with explaining what the event is about and why your readers would want to participate. Educate your audience on its value and why it&#039;s worth investing their time (and money) in it. Simplify the RSVP process with a direct call-to-action.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-information-listing.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Information listing illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If your event consists of multiple sessions at specific times, consider including an agenda that lists the schedule of sessions and if needed, their specific locations to help your readers plan accordingly.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-short-info-listing.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Short info illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you have speakers giving presentations, introduce them to your readers with some information about them and what they will be talking about.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-calendar-listing.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Calendar illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you have multiple events coming up, include a listing for them with an option to register ahead of time. Show them along with a recent event to allow the reader to consider attending them if they can’t make that current one.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Webinars&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Webinars are more prevalent than ever as people have started working remotely more than ever before and have become acclimated with interacting with people online. For your emails, include a notification when you go live, and place the post-webinar recording information in case your audience are unable to attend.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Email series&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For big events, send out multiple emails as a way to prepare your audience for attending and not overload them with too much information, all at once.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Make an announcement for it&lt;/strong&gt; - introduce the event, what makes it worth attending, and its date to keep in mind&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dive into the details&lt;/strong&gt; - break down all the sessions with an agenda, highlight speakers, and present info on the valuable content that will be presented&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Registration confirmation&lt;/strong&gt; - confirms successful signup for event, providing directions on how to access the event and next-steps&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Reminder&lt;/strong&gt; - reminds the person of the upcoming event and any last-minute information they should know about&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;What to expect from your appointment&lt;/strong&gt; - details what the customer needs to do to prepare for their appointment&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post-event recordings&lt;/strong&gt; - include how your audience can access recordings of your sessions, if available&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Request feedback afterward&lt;/strong&gt; - as your audience are participants of your event, ask them for feedback on how it went for them to help better prepare for the next one&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;p&gt;For working examples of event components that you can refer to when designing your emails, &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-email-components/&quot;&gt;download our starter theme&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Setup your own event design as visually editable components for your team to build out and edit emails with the &lt;a href=&quot;/getting-started/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit editor&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/designing-announcement-email</id>
		<published>2023-09-08T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/designing-announcement-email"/>
		<title>Announcement email essentials</title>
		<summary>If you’re launching something new, why not let your valuable subscribers in on the news?</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/announcement-emails.png&quot; alt=&quot;Different examples of announcement emails.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;Different examples of branded announcement emails.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Your subscribers already have a certain degree of interest in what you provide so letting them know about your new secret product or service will increase their engagement.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Effective patterns&lt;/h2&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-intro-hero.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Intro/Hero illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Create excitement. What’s the story behind your new product or service? What makes it special? Provide the unique details that will spur your customers’ interests.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-information-listing.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Information listing illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Use the email to communicate the value of the new product or service. Highlight its benefits. Showcase what makes this product different than the other products in your offering.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Additional content ideas&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Create hype before the release. Sending a teaser to existing customers will make customers feel like they’re part of the club.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Include a calendar invite that viewers can add to their calendars for an automatic reminder of your launch.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Show the product in action. Include the photos of your products in use and help your customers experience them virtually.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Share behind the scene details with your customers. It will make them feel connected to your brand and excited about the arrival.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Guide the reader with how-to tutorials, images of details, and specifications documentation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Segmenting&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Segmenting based on previous purchases will increase your customer’s interest in your latest offering. It also prevents them from feeling bombarded with product releases on a regular basis knowing their only getting the ones that are applicable to them.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;For working examples of announcement components that you can refer to when designing your emails, &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-email-components/&quot;&gt;download our starter theme&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Setup your own announcement design as visually editable components for your team to build out and edit emails with the &lt;a href=&quot;/getting-started/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit editor&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/designing-welcome-email</id>
		<published>2023-08-31T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/designing-welcome-email"/>
		<title>Welcome/onboarding email essentials</title>
		<summary>The welcome email has the highest open and click-through rates, use it well!</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/welcome-emails.png&quot; alt=&quot;Different examples of welcome/onboarding emails.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;Different examples of branded welcome/onboarding emails.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The welcome/onboarding email is the first impression a company makes with a new customer or newsletter subscriber via email. It sets the tone for future communications from your brand. The whole process of sending a welcome email can be automated and sent right away, right after sign up.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;You want to design emails in a way that authentically reflects your brand. Stick to your style guide and try to keep the email experience consistent in look and feel with campaigns in the future.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Effective patterns&lt;/h2&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-intro-hero.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Intro/Hero illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Add value by providing next steps. Next steps are important for setting clear expectations for new subscribers who probably aren’t sure what to do next. Lay out their on-boarding steps and what they need to do to fully setup your product or service. Lead them towards the “ah-ha” moment, the core value that you have to offer. Have a clear call-to-action as a next step or recommend products/services/features to start exploring.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-information-listing.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Information listing illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Include helpful resources. Link to content on your website that will give your customers more context about what you do and how you do it. A How It Works section educates the subscriber about the product or service on offer. Whether it&#039;s tutorial videos, an FAQ page, or helpful blog posts containing best practices, give them the tools they need upfront.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-product-listing.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Product listing illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Personalized introductory offers on products are something consumers often want. If you base these offers on the information they’ve provided, the welcome email can help drive ongoing interest.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/starter-email-components/section-callout.png&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); border: #ccc 1px solid; border-radius: 5px;&quot; alt=&quot;Callout illustration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Provide information about customer service and ways your customers can get help if they need it. Adding this contact information to your welcome email is a great way to lay the foundation of trust needed for building a relationship.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Additional content ideas&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Tell your company story to let your customers know you can relate to the problems they&#039;re facing and that you’ve been there. Who you are, what your brand is about, and what is the story behind their product.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Reiterate your unique selling points to confirm you’re the right choice for them. Include an overview of key benefits and features worth highlighting.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Build trust by putting a face to a name with a photograph and message from the company&#039;s founders.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Acknowledge how grateful you are to your subscribers for taking their time to subscribe by saying &quot;Thank You&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;Show how other customers are using your product or service with customer testimonials and case studies.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;As a series of emails&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you find that you’re including too much information in your welcome email, you may want to consider a series of emails instead for an onboarding process. Make sure all emails contain an &quot;unsubscribe&quot; option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Most series-based welcome/onboarding emails have between three and six different emails in them, and the automation plays out over a week or two. The right number of welcome emails and when you send them is going to depend on your industry, your target audience, and what you&#039;re offering.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;For working examples of welcome/onboarding components that you can refer to when designing your emails, &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-email-components/&quot;&gt;download our starter theme&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Setup your own welcome/onboarding design as visually editable components for your team to build out and edit emails with the &lt;a href=&quot;/getting-started/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit editor&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/how-to-content-editing</id>
		<published>2023-07-25T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/how-to-content-editing"/>
		<title>How to: editable content</title>
		<summary>Video walkthrough of making text and images editable, and how links work.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/content-intro.png&quot; alt=&quot;Graphic with titles for Text, Links and Images and their icons.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Transcript of video:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Making content editable in your template is as simple as enabling which text pieces or images you want to be editable for your team when they build emails. We’ll go over the options available for each content type as well as what you can do with links.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Text&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Let’s start with text. By default, editable text includes basic formatting options as well as the option to add a link to selected text.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the template editor, go into edit mode and with the content option chosen on the left, start selecting text pieces within your template. Default formatting options can be disabled, along with the option to add a link. You can additionally enable the option for the text area to be removed. And set a maximum number of characters for it.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are no options for text alignment or custom colors. This is to err on the side of following a design&#039;s guidelines by limiting the ways that someone can potentially deviate from them. You can add these options to your template yourself with the variants feature which allows your team to choose between alternate styles of content areas that you pre-design.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Setting a unique variable name for your piece of content is also required if you want to use the template update feature. This feature allows making updates to your template and then importing those changes to individual emails as well as previously saved pins.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Let’s take look at what the code for a text area looks like. When adding the block-edit tag to your code, make sure to use it on the container directly around your text.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Links&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There is of course the option to add links to text which includes its own formatting. By default, text is underlined. To use a specific format for links, you can select alternate link styles. If you have the link tracking parameters feature enabled, you can also set the parameters you added here.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add a link style, find an example of a formatted link in your template that you want to use. You just need to add a data-style attribute with a unique variable name and it will get added as a link style option.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Images&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When an image is made editable in a template, you can choose to upload a new image in its place either from your local computer, or if setup, from a source, like an FTP or CDN.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;By default, an image’s size is determined from how its placeholder is setup in the template. Blocks Edit refers to the image’s original size properties. When a new image is uploaded, there is an option to crop it based on the original image’s dimensions and it gets scaled down to the image’s pixel size.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you have a height: auto style on your image, the cropping and scaling will only constrain to the width while the height will automatically adjust based on how it’s cropped.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;And that’s making content editable in your template. It allows for easily and quickly setting up your email designs to be reviewed and edited by your team.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/how-to-modules</id>
		<published>2023-07-17T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/how-to-modules"/>
		<title>How to: modules</title>
		<summary>Video walkthrough of how to setup sections, components, and regions.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/modules-intro.png&quot; alt=&quot;Graphic with titles for Sections, Components and Regions and their icons.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Transcript of video:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Modules in Blocks Edit consist of sections, components, and regions. Dividing modules this way allows for separating content from layout, with each module type having its own functionality when building an email in the visual editor. Let’s go over each type and how to go about enabling them in a template.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Sections&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Let’s start with sections. A section acts as a stackable container on top of other sections. Enabling a section will add it as a draggable module in the sidebar. When dragging it into the editor, it can only be placed between other sections.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the template editor, go into edit mode, and with the section icon chosen on the left, start selecting areas that you want to turn into drag and drop modules. Use the blue bar of HTML elements at the bottom to help determine which areas would work as separate containers that are on top of each other. In this example, we’ve already enabled this section.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Each unique section requires a variable name and you can optionally also add a title to show in the sidebar. Click Update to confirm your changes. Let’s take a look at the code for it. You can do this either in the editor, or with your own code editor of choice. You can see the necessary classes and attribute that were added for the section.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A section can also have variants. Variants are alternate versions of sections that you can enable to choose from. This allows for preset design features and formatting options that can be switched between. Let’s look at this one for example. You can see in this example that this section has a format with and without this left border. Both versions of the section should be placed next to each other and given the same data-group attribute name.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Components&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Next is components. Components are standalone pieces that can be placed within a section. Enabling a component adds it to a separate sidebar specific to components to drag in.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the template editor, with the component icon chosen on the left, start selecting areas that you want to turn into a component. Again, use the blue bar of HTML elements at the bottom to help determine which areas would work as standalone components.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Let’s look at the code for components. You can see the classes and attributes that it needs to work. Variants can be added to components as well. In this example there is an alternate color to the button.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Regions&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;And finally, we have regions, which are static areas, that can’t be dragged around and don’t get added to the sidebar when enabled. A border around it is shown when mousing over it within the editor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Go into edit mode and look for the region icon on the left. Decide what group of elements that you want to turn into a region. You can use the blue bar of HTML elements at the bottom to determine which will work. You have the options for allowing a region to be duplicated, or removed, or both. Duplicating a region makes it part of a listing where each copy can be ordered or removed.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Let’s see the code for regions. Regions can also have variants. In this example, the text is left-aligned and center-aligned.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;And that’s module types in Blocks Edit. The essential building blocks for your email’s layout, based around your design system.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/template-technique-spacing</id>
		<published>2023-05-31T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/template-technique-spacing"/>
		<title>Template technique: handling spacing</title>
		<summary>Maintaining consistent spacing in an email layout.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/email-layout-spacing.png&quot; alt=&quot;An email template shown with various spacing examples.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;It can be tricky to get spacing that&#039;s consistent across your template and also doesn&#039;t cause potential unintended side effects with elements within your layout. Here are a couple of techniques for doing so that work with any email design. And with code that is supported across email clients.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Spacing for sections&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Because of how sections stack on top of each other, there&#039;s no one way to add spacing between them. Depending on which sections are above or below, some could use larger, or smaller spacing, while others look good without any spacing at all. So the best way to go about section spacing is to use a spacer that can be plugged in as needed:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot;&gt;&lt;p style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0; margin-bottom: 14px; width: 100%; line-height: 0;&quot;&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/code&gt;

&lt;p&gt;You can also do this among elements within a section:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;p style=&quot;display: inline-block; margin: 0; margin-bottom: 14px; width: 100%; line-height: 0;&quot;&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/code&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Spacing for columns&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The code examples below calculate and add padding for various types of columns using a simple method that works for any kind of layout.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;Single-column content section&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;No padding added since container matches &lt;code&gt;body&lt;/code&gt; background color.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;p style=&quot;margin: 0; font-family: Helvetica Neue, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Text copy goes here. Sometimes it includes email provider tokens to pull in audience info, like %%first_name%%. And some additional text that may also include a &lt;a href=&quot;#&quot; style=&quot;text-decoration: underline; color: #1467ac;&quot;&gt;link&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/code&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;Single-column with background color&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Padding added as background color is used that stands out from the &lt;code&gt;body&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;table role=&quot;presentation&quot; width=&quot;100%&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td class=&quot;column alt&quot; style=&quot;background-color: #eeeeee; padding: 14px;&quot;&gt;
      &lt;p style=&quot;margin: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-family: Helvetica Neue, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 18px; line-height: 24px; color: #333333; font-weight: 300;&quot;&gt;More text copy goes here. It could be as long as you need it to be as there is plenty of room to let it flow!&lt;/p&gt;
    &lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/table&gt;&lt;/code&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;Two-column with left image&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Limited padding added to separate text column from image column.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;!--[if true]&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; role=&quot;presentation&quot; width=&quot;100%&quot; style=&quot;all: unset; opacity: 0;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tr&gt;
&lt;![endif]--&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;display: table; width: 100%;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--[if true]&gt;&lt;td width=&quot;50%&quot; style=&quot;padding-right: 0;&quot;&gt;&lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;div class=&quot;column&quot; style=&quot;display: table-cell; width: 50%; padding-right: 0;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
      &lt;img height=&quot;auto&quot; src=&quot;https://dummyimage.com/600x400/60bcde/ffffff&amp;text=Content+Image&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;fill&quot; style=&quot;display: block; width: 300px; height: auto;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if true]&gt;
    &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td width=&quot;50%&quot; style=&quot;padding-left: 14px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;div class=&quot;column&quot; style=&quot;display: table-cell; width: 50%; padding-left: 14px; vertical-align: middle;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
      &lt;p style=&quot;margin: 0; font-family: Helvetica Neue, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 18px; line-height: 24px; color: #333333; font-weight: 300;&quot;&gt;Text next to an image, in a two-colum section, split 50/50.&lt;/p&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if true]&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;![endif]--&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;!--[if true]&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;![endif]--&gt;&lt;/code&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;Two-column with left image and background color&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Additional padding added for container having background color.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;!--[if true]&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; bgcolor=&quot;#eeeeee&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; role=&quot;presentation&quot; width=&quot;100%&quot; style=&quot;all: unset; opacity: 0;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tr&gt;
&lt;![endif]--&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;display: table; width: 100%; background-color: #eeeeee;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--[if true]&gt;&lt;td width=&quot;50%&quot; style=&quot;padding: 14px; padding-right: 0;&quot;&gt;&lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;div class=&quot;column alt&quot; style=&quot;display: table-cell; width: 50%; padding: 14px; padding-right: 0;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
      &lt;img height=&quot;auto&quot; src=&quot;https://dummyimage.com/600x400/60bcde/ffffff&amp;text=Content+Image&quot; width=&quot;286&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;fill&quot; style=&quot;display: block; width: 286px; height: auto;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if true]&gt;
    &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td width=&quot;50%&quot; style=&quot;padding: 14px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;div class=&quot;column alt&quot; style=&quot;display: table-cell; width: 50%; padding: 14px; vertical-align: middle;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
      &lt;p style=&quot;margin: 0; font-family: Helvetica Neue, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 18px; line-height: 24px; color: #333333; font-weight: 300;&quot;&gt;Text next to an image, in a two-colum section, split 50/50.&lt;/p&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if true]&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;![endif]--&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;!--[if true]&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;![endif]--&gt;&lt;/code&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;Two-column with images&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Padding set to 50% of standard amount for in-between column spacing.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;!--[if true]&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; role=&quot;presentation&quot; width=&quot;100%&quot; style=&quot;all: unset; opacity: 0;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tr&gt;
&lt;![endif]--&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;display: table; width: 100%;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--[if true]&gt;&lt;td width=&quot;50%&quot; style=&quot;padding-right: 7px;&quot;&gt;&lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;div class=&quot;column&quot; style=&quot;display: table-cell; width: 50%; padding-right: 7px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
      &lt;img height=&quot;auto&quot; src=&quot;https://dummyimage.com/600x300/60bcde/ffffff&amp;text=Content+Image&quot; width=&quot;293&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;fill&quot; style=&quot;display: block; width: 293px; height: auto;&quot;&gt;
      &lt;p style=&quot;margin: 0; font-family: Helvetica Neue, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 18px; line-height: 24px; color: #333333; font-weight: 300;&quot;&gt;Text under an image, part of a two-column section, split 50/50.&lt;/p&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if true]&gt;
    &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td width=&quot;50%&quot; style=&quot;padding-left: 7px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;div class=&quot;column&quot; style=&quot;display: table-cell; width: 50%; padding-left: 7px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
      &lt;img height=&quot;auto&quot; src=&quot;https://dummyimage.com/600x300/60bcde/ffffff&amp;text=Content+Image&quot; width=&quot;293&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;fill&quot; style=&quot;display: block; width: 293px; height: auto;&quot;&gt;
      &lt;p style=&quot;margin: 0; font-family: Helvetica Neue, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 18px; line-height: 24px; color: #333333; font-weight: 300;&quot;&gt;Text under an image, part of a two-column section, split 50/50.&lt;/p&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if true]&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;![endif]--&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;!--[if true]&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;![endif]--&gt;&lt;/code&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;Two-column with images and background color&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Additional padding plus 50% padding of standard for in-between columns.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;!--[if true]&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; bgcolor=&quot;#eeeeee&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; role=&quot;presentation&quot; width=&quot;100%&quot; style=&quot;all: unset; opacity: 0;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tr&gt;
&lt;![endif]--&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;display: table; width: 100%; background-color: #eeeeee;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--[if true]&gt;&lt;td width=&quot;50%&quot; style=&quot;padding: 14px; padding-right: 7px;&quot;&gt;&lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;div class=&quot;column alt&quot; style=&quot;display: table-cell; width: 50%; padding: 14px; padding-right: 7px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
      &lt;img height=&quot;auto&quot; src=&quot;https://dummyimage.com/600x300/60bcde/ffffff&amp;text=Content+Image&quot; width=&quot;278&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;fill&quot; style=&quot;display: block; width: 278px; height: auto;&quot;&gt;
      &lt;p style=&quot;margin: 0; font-family: Helvetica Neue, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 18px; line-height: 24px; color: #333333; font-weight: 300;&quot;&gt;Text under an image, part of a two-column section, split 50/50.&lt;/p&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if true]&gt;
    &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td width=&quot;50%&quot; style=&quot;padding: 14px; padding-left: 7px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;div class=&quot;column alt&quot; style=&quot;display: table-cell; width: 50%; padding: 14px; padding-left: 7px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
      &lt;img height=&quot;auto&quot; src=&quot;https://dummyimage.com/600x300/60bcde/ffffff&amp;text=Content+Image&quot; width=&quot;278&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;fill&quot; style=&quot;display: block; width: 278px; height: auto;&quot;&gt;
      &lt;p style=&quot;margin: 0; font-family: Helvetica Neue, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 18px; line-height: 24px; color: #333333; font-weight: 300;&quot;&gt;Text under an image, part of a two-column section, split 50/50.&lt;/p&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if true]&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;![endif]--&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;!--[if true]&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;![endif]--&gt;&lt;/code&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;Three-column with images&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Same 50% padding of standard spacing applied to three columns.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;!--[if true]&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; role=&quot;presentation&quot; width=&quot;100%&quot; style=&quot;all: unset; opacity: 0;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tr&gt;
&lt;![endif]--&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;display: table; width: 100%;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--[if true]&gt;&lt;td width=&quot;33.3%&quot; style=&quot;padding-right: 7px;&quot;&gt;&lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;div class=&quot;column&quot; style=&quot;display: table-cell; width: 33.3%; padding-right: 7px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
      &lt;img height=&quot;auto&quot; src=&quot;https://dummyimage.com/400x200/60bcde/ffffff&amp;text=Content+Image&quot; width=&quot;190&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;fill&quot; style=&quot;display: block; width: 190px; height: auto;&quot;&gt;
      &lt;p style=&quot;margin: 0; font-family: Helvetica Neue, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 18px; line-height: 24px; color: #333333; font-weight: 300;&quot;&gt;Text under an image, part of a three-column section, split into thirds.&lt;/p&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if true]&gt;
    &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td width=&quot;33.3%&quot; style=&quot;padding-right: 7px; padding-left: 7px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;div class=&quot;column&quot; style=&quot;display: table-cell; width: 33.3%; padding-right: 7px; padding-left: 7px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
      &lt;img height=&quot;auto&quot; src=&quot;https://dummyimage.com/400x200/60bcde/ffffff&amp;text=Content+Image&quot; width=&quot;190&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;fill&quot; style=&quot;display: block; width: 190px; height: auto;&quot;&gt;
      &lt;p style=&quot;margin: 0; font-family: Helvetica Neue, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 18px; line-height: 24px; color: #333333; font-weight: 300;&quot;&gt;Text under an image, part of a three-column section, split into thirds.&lt;/p&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if true]&gt;
    &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td width=&quot;33.3%&quot; style=&quot;padding-left: 7px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;div class=&quot;column&quot; style=&quot;display: table-cell; width: 33.3%; padding-left: 7px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
      &lt;img height=&quot;auto&quot; src=&quot;https://dummyimage.com/400x200/60bcde/ffffff&amp;text=Content+Image&quot; width=&quot;190&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;fill&quot; style=&quot;display: block; width: 190px; height: auto;&quot;&gt;
      &lt;p style=&quot;margin: 0; font-family: Helvetica Neue, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 18px; line-height: 24px; color: #333333; font-weight: 300;&quot;&gt;Text under an image, part of a three-column section, split into thirds.&lt;/p&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if true]&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;![endif]--&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;!--[if true]&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;![endif]--&gt;&lt;/code&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;Three-column with images and background color&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;And three columns with a background color.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;!--[if true]&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; bgcolor=&quot;#eeeeee&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; role=&quot;presentation&quot; width=&quot;100%&quot; style=&quot;all: unset; opacity: 0;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tr&gt;
&lt;![endif]--&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;display: table; width: 100%; background-color: #eeeeee;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--[if true]&gt;&lt;td width=&quot;33.3%&quot; style=&quot;padding: 14px; padding-right: 7px;&quot;&gt;&lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;div class=&quot;column alt&quot; style=&quot;display: table-cell; width: 33.3%; padding: 14px; padding-right: 7px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
      &lt;img height=&quot;auto&quot; src=&quot;https://dummyimage.com/400x200/60bcde/ffffff&amp;text=Content+Image&quot; width=&quot;181&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;fill&quot; style=&quot;display: block; width: 181px; height: auto;&quot;&gt;
      &lt;p style=&quot;margin: 0; font-family: Helvetica Neue, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 18px; line-height: 24px; color: #333333; font-weight: 300;&quot;&gt;Text under an image, part of a three-column section, split into thirds.&lt;/p&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if true]&gt;
    &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td width=&quot;33.3%&quot; style=&quot;padding: 14px; padding-right: 7px; padding-left: 7px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;div class=&quot;column alt&quot; style=&quot;display: table-cell; width: 33.3%; padding: 14px; padding-right: 7px; padding-left: 7px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
      &lt;img height=&quot;auto&quot; src=&quot;https://dummyimage.com/400x200/60bcde/ffffff&amp;text=Content+Image&quot; width=&quot;181&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;fill&quot; style=&quot;display: block; width: 181px; height: auto;&quot;&gt;
      &lt;p style=&quot;margin: 0; font-family: Helvetica Neue, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 18px; line-height: 24px; color: #333333; font-weight: 300;&quot;&gt;Text under an image, part of a three-column section, split into thirds.&lt;/p&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if true]&gt;
    &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td width=&quot;33.3%&quot; style=&quot;padding: 14px; padding-left: 7px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;div class=&quot;column alt&quot; style=&quot;display: table-cell; width: 33.3%; padding: 14px; padding-left: 7px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
      &lt;img height=&quot;auto&quot; src=&quot;https://dummyimage.com/400x200/60bcde/ffffff&amp;text=Content+Image&quot; width=&quot;181&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;fill&quot; style=&quot;display: block; width: 181px; height: auto;&quot;&gt;
      &lt;p style=&quot;margin: 0; font-family: Helvetica Neue, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 18px; line-height: 24px; color: #333333; font-weight: 300;&quot;&gt;Text under an image, part of a three-column section, split into thirds.&lt;/p&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if true]&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;![endif]--&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;!--[if true]&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;![endif]--&gt;&lt;/code&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;For an example of a full template that uses these spacing techniques, take a look at &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-email-template/&quot;&gt;the Starter template&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/template-technique-dark-mode</id>
		<published>2023-05-24T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/template-technique-dark-mode"/>
		<title>Template technique: levels of email dark mode</title>
		<summary>How to prepare your template for email clients and their dark mode affects.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/email-dark-mode-layout.png&quot; alt=&quot;An email template shown, and its dark mode version.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Setting up your email’s design for dark mode isn’t really &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/dark-mode-decision/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;a choice&lt;/a&gt; since some email clients will do it anyway. This includes Gmail and Outlook which will invert background colors and text. This leads to potential accessibility issues that make your designs hard to read, or in some cases, completely unreadable.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Forced dark mode&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;So you’ll have to adapt to the way email clients treat your design for dark mode. The way to do this is to first test your email template in the email clients that will force color changes for your design. The &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.litmus.com/blog/the-ultimate-guide-to-dark-mode-for-email-marketers/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;email clients to look out for&lt;/a&gt; are:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Outlook 2021, Office 365, and Windows Mail, on Windows&lt;/strong&gt; - all do a full invert of colors across the board&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Outlook.com, on Windows (across all browsers)&lt;/strong&gt; - will invert some colors, but doesn’t always invert all background colors or text of certain elements, like buttons&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Gmail app, on iOS&lt;/strong&gt; - also does a full color invert&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Gmail app, Android&lt;/strong&gt; - partially inverts colors, similar to Outlook.com&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.emailonacid.com&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Email on Acid&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.litmus.com&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Litmus&lt;/a&gt; to get a range of test environments to look at.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Making adjustments&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can adjust some aspects of your design where necessary to account for the changes. Make sure your logo and transparent graphics look good on a darker background. Consider adding an outline around your logo to ensure it’s readable. Avoid text over background images since images don’t get inverted, but the text will.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For Outlook.com, attributes are added to elements that change colors. So you can refer to those attributes and overwrite their changes by including classes in your HTML and then targeting them in your &lt;code class=&quot;language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;style&gt;&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For text color:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;window language-css&quot;&gt;[data-ogsc] .classname { }&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For background color:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;window language-css&quot;&gt;[data-ogsb] .classname { }&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, there are no other standard methods for adjusting colors for the rest of email clients that force dark mode.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Optional dark mode&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Email clients that don’t force dark mode will allow you to set your own dark mode color scheme by having you use a media query in your &lt;code class=&quot;language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;style&gt;&lt;/code&gt; to specify what you want elements to look like:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;window language-css&quot;&gt;@media (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { }&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A meta tag is required for some email clients:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;meta name=&quot;color-scheme&quot; content=&quot;light dark&quot;&gt;
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Along with CSS definitions as well:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;window language-css&quot;&gt;:root {
  color-scheme: light dark;
}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;For an example of a full template using dark mode, take a look at &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-email-template/&quot;&gt;the Starter template&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/template-technique-mobile</id>
		<published>2023-05-17T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/template-technique-mobile"/>
		<title>Template technique: automatic mobile layout</title>
		<summary>Simple code for globally adjusting any column in an email template for mobile.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/email-desktop-mobile-layout.png&quot; alt=&quot;An email template shown for desktop and for mobile.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Adjusting your email for mobile doesn&#039;t have to be difficult. It comes down to using columns as a standard layout practice. The columns can then be resized and stacked for mobile screen sizes.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Here&#039;s an example of what to add to your columns to do this, with CSS code that acts globally across your template.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;The HTML code&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Example HTML of columns, with basic styling for desktop:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;!-- Two-column section with image on the left --&gt;
&lt;!--[if true]&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; role=&quot;presentation&quot; width=&quot;100%&quot; style=&quot;all: unset; opacity: 0;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tr&gt;
&lt;![endif]--&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;display: table; width: 100%;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--[if true]&gt;&lt;td width=&quot;50%&quot; style=&quot;padding-right: 0;&quot;&gt;&lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;div class=&quot;column&quot; style=&quot;display: table-cell; width: 50%; padding-right: 0;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
    &lt;img height=&quot;auto&quot; src=&quot;https://dummyimage.com/600x400/60bcde/ffffff&amp;text=Content+Image&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;fill&quot; style=&quot;display: block; width: 300px; height: auto;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if true]&gt;
    &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td width=&quot;50%&quot; style=&quot;padding-left: 14px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;div class=&quot;column&quot; style=&quot;display: table-cell; width: 50%; padding-left: 14px; vertical-align: middle;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
      &lt;p style=&quot;margin: 0; font-family: Helvetica Neue, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 18px; line-height: 24px; color: #333333; font-weight: 300;&quot;&gt;Text next to an image, in a two-colum section, split 50/50.&lt;/p&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if true]&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;![endif]--&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;!--[if true]&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;![endif]--&gt;&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For the adjustments to get made on mobile, just include the &lt;code&gt;column&lt;/code&gt; class for each of your layout&#039;s columns. For images, add a &lt;code&gt;fill&lt;/code&gt; class to the images you want to get scaled along with the column.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;The CSS code&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;And this is the CSS that will do the rest:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-css&quot;&gt;@media screen and (max-width: 480px) {
  .column {
    display: block !important;
    width: 100% !important;
    box-sizing: border-box;
    padding: 0 14px 14px 14px !important;
  }
  .column:last-child {
    padding-bottom: 0 !important;
  }
  .column img.fill {
    width: 100% !important;
    height: auto !important;
  }
}&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The CSS overrides each column&#039;s set &lt;code&gt;width&lt;/code&gt; properties along with the &lt;code&gt;padding&lt;/code&gt;. And the &lt;code&gt;width&lt;/code&gt; of images with the &lt;code&gt;fill&lt;/code&gt; class is also overridden and scales them proportionately. You can change the padding amount based on your design.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;If you decide to go as far as using four columns, you can add CSS within the media query to make them get shown as two columns at a time on mobile:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-css&quot;&gt;.icons .column {
  width: 50% !important;
  float: left;
}
.icons .column:nth-child(3) {
  padding-bottom: 0 !important;
}
&lt;/code&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;For an example of a full layout, take a look at &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-email-template/&quot;&gt;the Starter template&lt;/a&gt; which uses this technique.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/outlook-for-windows</id>
		<published>2023-04-11T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/outlook-for-windows"/>
		<title>Letting go of Outlook for Windows</title>
		<summary>No more tables, no more VML, no more Outlook’s dirty code!</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/outlook-broken.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Outlook logo on top of a broken window.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;You may have heard about one of the biggest pieces of news in email lately: Microsoft is finally, FINALLY, &lt;a href=&quot;https://dev.to/emailmarkup/the-new-outlook-for-windows-54k7&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;putting an end&lt;/a&gt; to the worst HTML rendering engine of all time, that has remained in Outlook for Windows. I’m surprised the news is not talked about more. And celebrated as a holiday!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Outlook is as infamous for its bad coding practices as was Internet Explorer in its day. &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Microsoft_Outlook#Internet_standards_compliance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Outlook 2007 switched&lt;/a&gt; from using Internet Explorer’s rendering engine to Microsoft Word’s engine. (I’m not sure that was an upgrade, but it may have been back then!) And we&#039;ve been stuck with that same engine for the past 16 years, keeping email coding behind essentially for that long. Microsoft does not seem to learn from its mistakes.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It’s created such headaches for developers that there’s been frameworks, tools, and email editors specifically built around alleviating the pain. In some cases these resources also end up &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/email-builders-bad-design-practices/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;creating new problems&lt;/a&gt;. It’s somewhat ironic that the people that hurt the most, the developers, may also be the ones who kept it alive so long by putting so much energy into supporting it!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Okay, very necessary rant over.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;What is going away&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are three key aspects that we will no longer have to deal with:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Table-based layout&lt;/strong&gt; - we can now use div’s for layout without having to additionally include ghost tables to go along with them&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;VML hacks&lt;/strong&gt; - supporting background images and certain styling properties no longer requires having to solve an archaic puzzle to do so&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding and margin issues&lt;/strong&gt; - because Outlook doesn’t seem to know what to do with padding and margins a lot of the time, it generally decides to just ignore their usage altogether&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The new engine is based on Outlook.com’s web version. It &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.caniemail.com/clients/outlook/#outlook-com&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;has its own limitations&lt;/a&gt;, but we’ll certainly take it!&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;What to do right now&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The full adaption away from the current versions of Outlook for Windows can take years. At a certain point, the resources you put in getting an email to be design perfect in Outlook for Windows may not be worth the effort. Here are some options you can consider today to start transitioning away from it:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Let go of fixes&lt;/strong&gt; - handle the big aspects, but allow for certain issues to be broken in Outlook, like padding and margins being off&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Let go of tables&lt;/strong&gt; - you can &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/no-more-tables-for-email/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;make emails look readable&lt;/a&gt; by essentially allowing Outlook for Windows to wrap columns into a single column while you use div’s instead of tables in your code&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Let go of Outlook for Windows&lt;/strong&gt; - if you decide to let go of spacing issues, and tables, at this point you can also let go of VML and allow your content to flow in a way that it’s still readable even if it doesn’t look pretty&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;And with any of the above, you can always use the Outlook for Windows conditional statement to include a note for your audience:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;!--[if mso]&gt;
  &lt;p style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;Email may not look quite right in Outlook for Windows. &lt;a href=&quot;#&quot; style=&quot;text-decoration: underline; color: #1467ac;&quot;&gt;View it in your browser.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;![endif]--&gt;&lt;/code&gt;

&lt;p&gt;To get an idea of what code without Outlook for Windows looks like, we’ve updated the &lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/blocksedit/starter-email-template&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Starter template&lt;/a&gt; codebase with a version you can use that is Outlook for Windows free!&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/help/template-editor/make-content-editable/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit works with your code&lt;/a&gt; no matter how you decide to go with handling Outlook for Windows. It doesn’t force you to use outdated practices that don’t apply to your audience.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/how-to-quality-control</id>
		<published>2023-02-15T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/how-to-quality-control"/>
		<title>How to: quality control</title>
		<summary>Checks and balances we put in Blocks Edit to help your emails achieve their greatest potential!</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/screenshots-checks.png&quot; alt=&quot;Five screenshots from the Blocks Edit visual editor: left top, an example of a notice for an image that doesn&#039;t have an alt tag; left middle, a notice for a URL that was evaluated as being broken; left bottom, a modal with tracking parameters for a link; right top, a comment being posted, right bottom, a checklist of reminders.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;If there is a central theme to Blocks Edit, it’s to promote techniques towards getting the best quality out of your emails. Here’s how that theme is shown throughout.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Editing guardrails&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It starts with limits that you set for editing around your email’s design. To make sure your design is kept intact and for full flexibility, editable options are added as standard HTML tags that fit &lt;a href=&quot;/help/template-editor/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;around your template code&lt;/a&gt;. And they are kept simple by default with &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/how-to-text-formatting/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;only essential formatting&lt;/a&gt;. You can even remove certain editing options and set character limits for copy.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Content focus&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The editor interface allows for inline edits, so you can update your copy and see how it looks within the email as you type. And is kept minimal so your content is the main thing you see, without distraction. You can easily add and rearrange components. And the ability to save content sections allows for creating a &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/how-to-content-pieces/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;library of content that you can reuse&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Content checks&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;By default, we will show notices for your images and links in cases where your image doesn’t have an alt tag, or a link appears to be broken or not updated from its placeholder version. When exporting, a modal comes up to have you double check your email’s subject and preview text. And you can keep a &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/new-checklist/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;checklist of important reminders&lt;/a&gt; for you and your team.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Accounting for errors&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Automation is added in cases where doing something manually can lead to potential human error. This includes: &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/how-to-image-formatting/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;formatting of uploaded images&lt;/a&gt; following template guidelines, live image URL’s &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/how-to-images/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;getting added on export&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/how-to-link-tracking/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;fields for tracking parameters&lt;/a&gt; to ensure they are added to URL’s correctly. There is also an undo option, along with a &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/how-to-revision-history/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;revisions history&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Peer review&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;And of course, you can work with your team to help with your content. You can invite them into Blocks Edit to use the editor and make changes themselves. The interface is simple to use so they don&#039;t have to worry about messing anything up. Or you can share a link to your email and have team members &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/new-comments-notifications/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt; review and comment on its content&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;All of the above not only leads to better quality overall, but also makes your email content production more efficient, and makes the production process with your team less stressful!&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;If you&#039;re already using &lt;a href=&quot;/features/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit&lt;/a&gt;, you have all these features available to you. If you aren&#039;t yet, you&#039;re missing out on getting the best out of your emails!&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/email-content-checklist</id>
		<published>2023-02-07T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/email-content-checklist"/>
		<title>Why you should have an email content checklist</title>
		<summary>And 12 essential items you should include on your checklist.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/email-content-checklist.png&quot; alt=&quot;A list of 12 reminders to help with reviewing email content: Alt text on images, links, tracking parameters, links on images, preview text, mobile, placeholder content, voice and tone, make scannable, review images, titles and buttons, call to action.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Keeping a checklist for your email campaigns serves as a reminder to include and/or review important aspects of your email’s content so it meets your organization’s quality standards. It’s especially useful when working with a team, ensuring nothing gets lost in the process.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Here are some standard items you may want to have on your list:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Alt text on images&lt;/strong&gt; - often overlooked but important for accessibility&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Links&lt;/strong&gt; - check for any potentially blank links (sometimes filled in using a “#” placeholder), and test links to make sure they aren’t broken&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tracking parameters&lt;/strong&gt; - add any necessary tracking tags for links&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Links on images&lt;/strong&gt; - consider adding links on any images that would make sense to have them&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Preview text&lt;/strong&gt; - make sure you include preview text along with your subject&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Mobile&lt;/strong&gt; - review what the mobile version looks like and any potential considerations for using alternate mobile images&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Placeholder content&lt;/strong&gt; - if working off of a template, double check to make sure all placeholder text and images are replaced&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;And here are some copy guidelines you may also want to include:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Voice and tone&lt;/strong&gt; - ex: use clear, plain language and keep light&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Make scannable&lt;/strong&gt; - utilize titles, images, and bullets to break up content&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Review images&lt;/strong&gt; - ex: use icons when necessary to communicate&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Titles and buttons&lt;/strong&gt; - ex: capitalize only the first letter of the first word&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Call to action&lt;/strong&gt; - make it specific, avoid being too vague&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The more you think about your list, the more items you’ll find that you’ll want to add that you don’t always think about but want to keep top of mind when an email is worked on.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit includes &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/new-checklist/&quot;&gt;a checklist feature&lt;/a&gt; for adding your important items that are then included in each new email being worked on.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/new-checklist</id>
		<published>2023-01-30T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/new-checklist"/>
		<title>Blocks Edit update: email checklist</title>
		<summary>Reminders for content that should be reviewed for your emails.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/screenshot-checklist.png&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshot of the Blocks Edit visual editor with a sidebar of checklist items.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Do you keep a checklist for email campaigns that go out? If not, &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/email-content-checklist/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;you should&lt;/a&gt;! It works as a reminder of important aspects to make sure you include or review in each email before it gets sent out. That’s what the latest Blocks Edit feature is about.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can now manage a custom global checklist on a template level that adds your checklist items to each new email that’s built. Team members can check off items on the checklist as they are complete/evaluated.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;How to setup&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The checklist feature is enabled by default with a couple essential reminders included: image alt text and links. If you have the &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/how-to-link-tracking/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;tracking links feature&lt;/a&gt; enabled, you will also see an item for link parameters.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In template settings you can add your own custom items, and disable the default items as well. Items cannot be added or removed on an email level since the checklist should not be treated as to-do items, but general items that should apply to every email.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;How to use&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To view the checklist while editing an email, there is an icon for it on the right, with a sidebar of the checklist items. When an item is checked off, it is logged in the activity panel with who checked it off, and when.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;The new checklist feature is &lt;a href=&quot;/updates/&quot;&gt;now available&lt;/a&gt; to help improve your emails!&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/email-providers-code</id>
		<published>2023-01-18T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/email-providers-code"/>
		<title>How code is handled by email providers</title>
		<summary>Ways that email providers mess with your code and what to do about it.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/email-provider-code-issues.png&quot; alt=&quot;Listing of reported email code issues from various email providers.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;Some examples of code issues from various email providers.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Depending on what email provider you use, chances are good that the code you send to them, or paste into their editor, doesn’t remain completely intact.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Code snippets&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Email providers that have their own email builder tool have a certain approach to how they output email code. So any custom code snippets that you add within the editor will likely go through some kind of alteration as the code has to follow the same rules as the email editor for how it outputs its own code.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Check out &lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/Badsender-com/esp-html-bugs/issues&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;this community-managed GitHub repo&lt;/a&gt; that tracks certain email provider issues to get an idea of some of the changes that are made to code.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Full HTML code&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The best way to avoid these changes is to completely custom code your email’s design. This also allows for the most &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/differences-in-email-editors/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;flexibility for your design&lt;/a&gt;, and minimizes the potential for &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/email-builders-bad-design-practices/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;code bloat&lt;/a&gt; that often comes from email providers.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;However, even in this case, there may be some code changes from your email provider. For example:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;In the header, a link to the browser version of your email may get added&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;In the footer, an unsubscribe link is added&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Tracking pixels could be placed within your code as well&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In most cases, your code isn’t modified the same way as when you add in code snippets in the editor because a separate process is typically used for the above additions. But you may still want to test the final output in either case. You can do this by sending yourself a test email and using a tool like &lt;a href=&quot;https://emailpreview.io&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;emailpreview.io&lt;/a&gt; to analyze the test email&#039;s code.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can also try to avoid these changes as well by using tokens or variables that you can put in your code for things like a link to the browser version and unsubscribe links. For tracking pixels, see if there is a setting to not include them. It’s better for your reader’s privacy and many email apps are now blocking them.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit makes it &lt;a href=&quot;/help/template-editor/how-code-is-handled/&quot;&gt;a priority&lt;/a&gt; to keep your code intact as emails are built from it in the &lt;a href=&quot;/features/&quot;&gt;visual editor&lt;/a&gt;. You can then use that code in your email provider.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/designing-email-text-only</id>
		<published>2023-01-10T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/designing-email-text-only"/>
		<title>Designing for a branded email&#039;s text only version</title>
		<summary>How to account for your email design's text-only output.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/email-text-only-version.png&quot; alt=&quot;An example email design and its text only version.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;Example of the text only version of a branded email.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;When you send out a branded email, a text-only version is normally included in the email’s header information. Your email provider will usually automate a text-only output from your design. If something doesn&#039;t look right in the automated output however, you&#039;ll have to manually do some clean up and ensure content is accurate to your email&#039;s design.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Here are some tips to help ensure your email&#039;s template design outputs well automatically so it requires little to no manual review altogether.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Best practices&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As you design your email, keep in mind proper content reading flow. How content elements are laid out left to right, top to bottom determines the order they appear as text only. You can use your email&#039;s mobile view for reference as it will usually have the same content flow.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When coding, be sure to use &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/accessibility-habit/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;semantic code&lt;/a&gt;. This allows content types like headlines to be highlighted a certain way in the text-only formatting.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;And of course, double check to make sure alt tags are included for your images and are descriptive. They will often be output in place of the images themselves.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;What it looks like&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Here’s an example text-only output of &lt;a href=&quot;https://blocksedit.com/newsletter/october-2022.html&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;this newsletter email&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;window text&quot;&gt;Plus: personalization, strategy, and common mistakes

** Organizing your email design process
------------------------------------------------------------

October 2022 (http://blocksedit.com/newsletter/october-2022.html?ref=blocks-edit-newsletter-2022-10)

Image: Team collaborating on design workflows (https://blocksedit.com/content-code/organizing-email-design/?ref=blocks-edit-newsletter-2022-10)

3 steps to make your email’s production more systemized: 1, set design goals; 2, maintain consistency; and 3, develop a framework for your work.

Read the blog post → (https://blocksedit.com/content-code/organizing-email-design/?ref=blocks-edit-newsletter-2022-10)

** Captivating customer attention with email personalization
------------------------------------------------------------

A good overview of how to personalize emails along with some great examples of thoughtful personalized experiences.

Watch video presentation → (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fHqBcTZM8Xs&amp;ref=blocks-edit-newsletter-2022-10)

** 10 email marketing strategy tips from G2&#039;s own email expert
------------------------------------------------------------

Email marketing strategy benefits and things to consider when building out your email marketing strategy.

View guide → (https://learn.g2.com/email-marketing-strategy?ref=blocks-edit-newsletter-2022-10)

** 10 more common email marketing mistakes — and solutions
------------------------------------------------------------

Common mistakes with fixes that are slightly more involved, but still very much worth your attention.

View the list → (https://www.cmswire.com/digital-marketing/10-more-common-email-marketing-mistakes-and-solutions/?ref=blocks-edit-newsletter-2022-10)

Built and edited using Blocks Edit.

© 2017-2022 Blocks Edit, 13415 N 20th St Unit 9, Phoenix, AZ 85022

You are receiving this because you signed up for the newsletter! Unsubscribe (#)&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can see how links are output immediately after a content piece along with alt text in place of images. Line breaks add spacing between content.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Some email providers may not include alt text for images in the output which you may want to check for. How headlines and line breaks are handled may also vary and may not always be ideal.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;/features/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit visual editor&lt;/a&gt; includes a &lt;a href=&quot;/help/editor/download-text-only/&quot;&gt;text-only export option&lt;/a&gt; of your branded email that outputs image alt tags and formats content in a clean, easy-to-read format.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/new-comments-notifications</id>
		<published>2022-12-01T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/new-comments-notifications"/>
		<title>Blocks Edit update: comments and notifications for reviewing emails</title>
		<summary>You can now review emails with your team by adding comments that appear in a panel on the right.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/screenshot-comments.png&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshot of the Blocks Edit visual editor with a comments sidebar.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you spent any time looking at an email and decided to reach out to a team member about making changes, you could have gone through some hassle doing so. You can now post requests and thoughts as you’re reviewing an email in Blocks Edit. So all feedback is contained in a single area to refer to.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Comments sidebar&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the editor, the activity sidebar panel now includes the option to post a comment along with showing the revisions that have been made to an email. This gives a nice timeline view of changes made, with comments acting as notes along the way.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can mention a team member in a comment using ‘@‘ followed by their name, or choose them from the dropdown that appears of everyone that is on the template.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When you reply to a comment, the original comment is included with your response. Or, there are emoji options that you can use on a comment that act as a response as well.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Section commenting&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you want to call out a specific area of the email, you can comment on a section of it by mousing over the section and clicking on the comment icon above it. This works whether you’re in preview mode, or editing an email.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When your comment is posted, it will include a section button that, when clicked on, will highlight the specific section you chose.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Notifications inbox&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Along with comments, in the top bar, next to your avatar is now an inbox of notifications for when someone mentions you in a comment, or replies to a comment that you made.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can click on the notification to go directly to the email for the comment. And the original comment is highlighted in the sidebar.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Notifications are shown in the dashboard as well as the editor, with an indicator of new/unread comments. You can choose how you want to be notified of incoming notifications.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Start using comments as you’re editing your emails today. It’s another addition to the number of ways Blocks Edit &lt;a href=&quot;/how-it-works/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;helps make your email building&lt;/a&gt; and reviewing more efficient.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/no-more-tables-for-email</id>
		<published>2022-11-17T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/no-more-tables-for-email"/>
		<title>No more tables for email</title>
		<summary>An approach to eliminating the need for using tables for design structure.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/no-tables-for-outlook.png&quot; alt=&quot;An example email layout and what it looks like with columns getting wrapped to a single column.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;A standard email layout that doesn&#039;t use tables, and on the right, what it looks like in Outlook.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Table layouts in email lead to a number of rendering and accessibility issues, so the less we use them the better. Outlook for Windows is &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/dealing-with-outlook/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;the only reason&lt;/a&gt; we even need to use tables anymore and it&#039;s now at just around five percent of &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.litmus.com/email-client-market-share/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;email clients used&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;So here’s an approach to not having to use tables for structure that&#039;s worth considering. This idea came from Mark Robbins’s &lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/M-J-Robbins/get-off-the-table&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Get Off The Table concept&lt;/a&gt; where he uses &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.goodemailcode.com/email-enhancements/mso-styles&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;mso tags&lt;/a&gt; to attempt to make Outlook treat divs as tables.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;The single-column approach&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Here&#039;s what you do: use divs for structure only, and don’t do anything for Outlook, letting multi-column div layouts turn into single-column layouts in Outlook. Essentially making the Outlook version look similar to what you might do for a mobile version of a design.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Here’s what do for the outside container to center your content:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;max-width: 600px; margin: 0 auto; mso-element-frame-width: 600px; mso-element: para-border-div; mso-element-left: center; mso-element-wrap: no-wrap-beside;&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You could even set &lt;code class=&quot;language-css&quot;&gt;mso-element-frame-width&lt;/code&gt; to a narrower width that works for Outlook only to account for the single-column layout design.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You could still use ghost tables where you feel you absolutely need to have columns, just as you would make that consideration for mobile. I tried removing ghost tables from the &lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/blocksedit/starter-email-template/blob/master/blocks-starter-minus-tables.html&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Starter template layouts&lt;/a&gt;, keeping them in just a couple of areas, and it reduced the overall code by nearly half!&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;A couple of side effects&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are two issues worth noting that come with using divs in Outlook:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Any padding added to a div is ignored in Outlook.&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;And, background colors don’t show up right. The div background color gets applied to each text line and has gaps in-between lines. You can remove the background color altogether by using &lt;code class=&quot;language-css&quot;&gt;background-color: transparent&lt;/code&gt; on the text itself. For images, the background color gets applied to the left and right of them which you can avoid by scaling your images to fit the space.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Don&#039;t be afraid to allow for Outlook to look bad in some areas if the content is at least readable! We only really need to include tables for Outlook when we want to set a width on a container, change the background, or add columns.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Is this approach worth doing? That’s up to how you feel it may work with your design, and the level of compatibility you feel you need for Outlook. But keep in mind your use of tables. The amount of time you spend having to work around them. Added code bloat. How you&#039;re only doing it for one email client that&#039;s being used less and less. Even if we don&#039;t completely stop using them, we should definitely reduce our overuse of them!&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://blocksedit.com&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit&lt;/a&gt; allows you to use tables as you see fit for your design, not forcing you to use them as the standard that &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/email-builders-bad-design-practices/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;most visual email editors&lt;/a&gt; default to.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/template-design-phases</id>
		<published>2022-10-26T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/template-design-phases"/>
		<title>Modular design technique: the 3 phases of template design</title>
		<summary>The design phases towards turning your email design into a design system: structure, branding, modules.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/design-phases.png&quot; alt=&quot;An email design going from structural wireframes, to including branded elements, to layout modules being used.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;The wireframe layout, the branded final design, and its modularized template components.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;When designing a template to use for a series of emails, it helps to be aware of your separation of concerns. The design aspects that you can delineate between as a way towards developing consistency for your design.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Phase 1: Core structure&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This is the overall layout. The header, footer, and body area that content goes within. Using columns as a guide for the placement of your elements is an important part of this. This is essentially the wireframe stage of your design process and will help towards keeping your design clean and easy to read.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Phase 2: Custom branding&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The next phase is customizing the structure to match your brand. This includes colors, spacing of elements, design accents. And designing the header and footer with brand assets. It also helps to have some example content to work with at this point.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Phase 3: Module options&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As you start to develop a library of design patterns based on repeatable content formats, you can start turning them into &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/modular-design/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;modular components&lt;/a&gt;. You can then look at adding variants for your components. Things like areas with alternate color schemes, different ways to combine elements, text alignment options, etc.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Separating structure from brand visuals and from design elements results in a more functional design as each phase becomes a focused goal towards better quality design. And a more &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/organizing-email-design/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;organized design process&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;With your design as a modular template system, you can go even further and use &lt;a href=&quot;/how-it-works/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit&lt;/a&gt; to make it an interactive tool for your team to build and edit emails using a visual editor.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/design-technique-standard-layouts</id>
		<published>2022-10-18T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/design-technique-standard-layouts"/>
		<title>Modular design technique: using standard layouts</title>
		<summary>What do these emails have in common? They all use the same essential layout, each with completely different branded designs.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/layout-standards.png&quot; alt=&quot;Examples of emails with various designs, but with content laid out in a similar way.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;Different branded emails, with different messaging, using a commonly used reading format.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A logo at the top, with an intro feature image and text, and a call-to-action. Then two-column sections with an image on the left and text on the right, or vice versa. But each design takes its own approach, following brand guidelines, and giving each email a unique feel, appropriate to the messaging.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Creativity in constraints&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;What sets each design apart is the nuances in their &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/design-technique-color-tone/&quot;&gt;use of colors&lt;/a&gt;, spacing, and design elements, with customized photos and graphics. And the sum is greater than its parts.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The fact that they use a similar layout shows their use of good design structure and proven techniques for getting their message across. It’s a tried and true formula.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Modularity as a side effect&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The design is modular as well, as stackable sections and reusable components. With the goal of making design that follows content, its consistency and flow also work as building blocks for extending to additional emails.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;And when it comes to coding the design, it saves on time and effort of building. You can start out with a &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/starter-email-boilerplate/&quot;&gt;skeleton template&lt;/a&gt; of the structure already in place. Then adjust column widths, spacing, and placement and alignment of content elements. This format also adjusts well for mobile.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Using a common layout for content does not make the email boring, it makes it easy to read. Email is about communication and clarity is always more important than aesthetics when it comes to good design. These examples of emails show how creative you can be!&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;With a modular design, you can use &lt;a href=&quot;/how-it-works/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit&lt;/a&gt; to allow your team to visually build emails and put together content without having to code each email.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/shareable-emails</id>
		<published>2022-09-22T00:00:00Z</published>
		<updated>2022-12-07T00:00:00Z</updated>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/shareable-emails"/>
		<title>Making your emails shareable</title>
		<summary>Adding share links and utilizing meta info.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/share-this-email.png&quot; alt=&quot;Various social icons, with a title of &#039;Share this email&#039;.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Making an email like your newsletter shareable is a great way for new people to discover and read your content, and eventually sign up to get your emails. Here&#039;s what you should do for the best results, along with the code you&#039;ll need for your share links.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Meta info&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Within your email&#039;s code, you should include social sharing meta info tags. That way when your email link is shared, it will output in the way that you expect it to on different social platforms.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;!--
&lt;h3&gt;Standard page properties&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window&quot;&gt;
  &lt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;title&lt;/span&gt;&gt;Template update workflow&lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;title&lt;/span&gt;&gt;&lt;br&gt;
  &lt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;meta&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;name&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;description&quot;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;content&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;Image-only emails, transactional examples, coding practices&quot;&lt;/span&gt; /&gt;
&lt;/code&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;Open graph social sharing properties&lt;/h3&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;meta property=&quot;og:title&quot; content=&quot;Template update workflow&quot;&gt;
&lt;meta property=&quot;og:type&quot; content=&quot;article&quot;&gt;
&lt;meta property=&quot;og:description&quot; content=&quot;Image-only emails, transactional examples, coding practices&quot;&gt;
&lt;meta property=&quot;og:image&quot; content=&quot;https://i3.ytimg.com/vi/upHMX-uECs/maxresdefault.jpg&quot;&gt;
&lt;meta property=&quot;og:url&quot; content=&quot;https://blocksedit.com/newsletter/august-2022.html&quot;&gt;&lt;/code&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Hosting&lt;/h2&gt;

&lt;p&gt;You&#039;ll need a place to host your email to be availble for viewing online. Because it&#039;s just static HTML, you can upload to your web host without having to set anything special up. Additionally, you can create an archive that lists all of your emails.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Share links&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you have a standard place to upload your email and a naming pattern, you&#039;ll know what the URL for your email is going to be before you upload the finished version. Use that URL in each share link:&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;Twitter&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=Template%20update%20workflow&amp;url=https%3A%2F%2Fblocksedit.com%2Fnewsletter%2Faugust-2022.html&amp;hashtags=emailgeeks,emaildesign&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;text&lt;/strong&gt; - tweet text; use &lt;code&gt;%20&lt;/code&gt; for spaces&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;url&lt;/strong&gt; - website URL; use &lt;code&gt;%3A&lt;/code&gt; for &#039;:&#039; and &lt;code&gt;%2F&lt;/code&gt; for &#039;/&#039;&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;hashtags&lt;/strong&gt; - optional; use a comma to separate&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;LinkedIn&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;https://www.linkedin.com/shareArticle?mini=true&amp;url=https%3A%2F%2Fblocksedit.com%2Fnewsletter%2Faugust-2022.html&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;url&lt;/strong&gt; - website URL; use &lt;code&gt;%3A&lt;/code&gt; for &#039;:&#039; and &lt;code&gt;%2F&lt;/code&gt; for &#039;/&#039;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;!--
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;title&lt;/strong&gt; - article title/headline; use &lt;code&gt;%20&lt;/code&gt; for spaces&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;summary&lt;/strong&gt; - short blurb; use &lt;code&gt;%20&lt;/code&gt; for spaces&lt;/li&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;Facebook&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;https://www.facebook.com/sharer.php?u=https%3A%2F%2Fblocksedit.com%2Fnewsletter%2Faugust-2022.html&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;url&lt;/strong&gt; - website URL; use &lt;code&gt;%3A&lt;/code&gt; for &#039;:&#039; and &lt;code&gt;%2F&lt;/code&gt; for &#039;/&#039;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;!--
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;title&lt;/strong&gt; - article title/headline; use &lt;code&gt;%20&lt;/code&gt; for spaces&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;summary&lt;/strong&gt; - short blurb; use &lt;code&gt;%20&lt;/code&gt; for spaces&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;image&lt;/strong&gt; - preview image URL; use &lt;code&gt;%3A&lt;/code&gt; for &#039;:&#039; and &lt;code&gt;%2F&lt;/code&gt; for &#039;/&#039;&lt;/li&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;Email&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;mailto:?subject=Template%20update%20workflow&amp;body=Image-only%20emails,%20transactional%20examples,%20coding%20practices:%20https%3A%2F%2Fblocksedit.com%2Fnewsletter%2Faugust-2022.html&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;subject&lt;/strong&gt; - subject line; use &lt;code&gt;%20&lt;/code&gt; for spaces&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;body&lt;/strong&gt; - short blurb; use &lt;code&gt;%20&lt;/code&gt; for spaces&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Include website URL at the end; use &lt;code&gt;%3A&lt;/code&gt; for &#039;:&#039; and &lt;code&gt;%2F&lt;/code&gt; for &#039;/&#039;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Be sure to always test your social links, including the URL for your email after you upload it to your host.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit allows you to &lt;a href=&quot;/help/editor/meta-info/&quot;&gt;update the meta info&lt;/a&gt; for the emails you build and edit in the visual editor, and then transfer them to your host using &lt;a href=&quot;/integrations/&quot;&gt;an FTP integration&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot;&gt;Start using it free&lt;/a&gt; and try it out with your emails.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/new-iterable-integration</id>
		<published>2022-09-08T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/new-iterable-integration"/>
		<title>Blocks Edit update: Iterable integration</title>
		<summary>Use Blocks Edit with your Iterable cross-channel marketing platform.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/blocks-edit-iterable-integration.png&quot; alt=&quot;Iterable + Blocks Edit&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;We’re happy to add to the Iterable platform with our latest Blocks Edit integration. If you’re an Iterable user, you can now export emails built in Blocks Edit directly to your campaign flow.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://iterable.com&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Iterable&lt;/a&gt; allows you to create, optimize, and measure the entire customer journey across marketing channels. Email, mobile push, SMS, in-app notifications, web push, social and more. Personalize each channel to serve a unique purpose as you build a cohesive lifecycle experience for your customers.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After &lt;a href=&quot;/help/integrations/iterable-setup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;setting up your Iterable integration&lt;/a&gt;, you can just export your emails from Blocks Edit the way you normally would. When given the option to export your email’s HTML, you will have Iterable as a source to select and transfer to. Your email will get added as a template in your Iterable account. When creating your campaign, you will be given the option to select the template.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;You can use &lt;a href=&quot;/help/integrations/using-iterable-features/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;the Iterable ingregration&lt;/a&gt; in Blocks Edit today. It also works with &lt;a href=&quot;/integrations/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;external asset providers&lt;/a&gt; for exporting your email’s images. &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Sign up for Blocks Edit&lt;/a&gt; for free and give the integration a try.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/how-to-template-updates-workflow</id>
		<published>2022-09-06T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/how-to-template-updates-workflow"/>
		<title>How to: template updates workflow</title>
		<summary>Maintaining updates to your template while working on emails.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/screenshot-template-updates-workflow.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshot of a video screen capture showing an email template example.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;svg style=&quot;display: none;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;defs&gt;
    &lt;g id=&quot;be-symbol-update&quot;&gt;
      &lt;path transform=&quot;matrix(1,0,0,1,-330,-220)&quot; d=&quot;M339,238C340.236,238 341.401,237.764 342.497,237.293C343.592,236.822 344.548,236.178 345.363,235.363C346.178,234.548 346.822,233.592 347.293,232.497C347.764,231.414 348,230.248 348,229C348,227.764 347.764,226.599 347.293,225.503C346.822,224.408 346.178,223.452 345.363,222.637C344.548,221.822 343.592,221.178 342.497,220.707C341.401,220.236 340.236,220 339,220C337.752,220 336.586,220.236 335.503,220.707C334.408,221.178 333.452,221.822 332.637,222.637C331.822,223.452 331.178,224.408 330.707,225.503C330.236,226.599 330,227.764 330,229C330,230.248 330.236,231.414 330.707,232.497C331.178,233.592 331.822,234.548 332.637,235.363C333.452,236.178 334.408,236.822 335.503,237.293C336.586,237.764 337.752,238 339,238ZM338.971,236.62C337.93,236.62 336.954,236.418 336.044,236.015C335.12,235.612 334.317,235.069 333.634,234.386C332.951,233.703 332.408,232.906 332.005,231.996C331.602,231.072 331.4,230.09 331.4,229.049C331.4,228.048 331.598,227.079 331.995,226.142C332.392,225.205 332.948,224.379 333.663,223.664C334.379,222.948 335.202,222.396 336.132,222.005C337.062,221.615 338.034,221.42 339.049,221.42C340.089,221.42 341.065,221.615 341.976,222.005C342.899,222.409 343.702,222.952 344.385,223.635C345.068,224.318 345.611,225.121 346.015,226.044C346.405,226.955 346.6,227.931 346.6,228.971C346.6,229.986 346.405,230.958 346.015,231.888C345.624,232.818 345.072,233.641 344.356,234.357C343.641,235.072 342.815,235.628 341.878,236.025C340.941,236.422 339.972,236.62 338.971,236.62ZM335.52,228.82C335.214,228.541 335.214,228.029 335.52,227.75L338.587,224.71C338.87,224.43 339.341,224.43 339.624,224.71L342.69,227.75C342.996,228.053 342.996,228.541 342.69,228.82C342.549,228.936 342.388,229 342.2,229C342.012,229 341.791,228.93 341.65,228.79L339.812,226.945L339.812,233.094C339.812,233.49 339.506,233.816 339.105,233.816C338.705,233.816 338.399,233.49 338.399,233.094L338.399,226.945L336.53,228.77C336.389,228.91 336.198,228.98 336.01,228.98C335.822,229.003 335.638,228.936 335.52,228.82Z&quot;&gt;&lt;/path&gt;
    &lt;/g&gt;
  &lt;/defs&gt;
&lt;/svg&gt;

&lt;p&gt;As you build and edit emails from your template, what happens when you make updates to the template? And how do you include those updates on a current email you’re working on?&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Setting things up&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To get started, you import your HTML and make areas of it editable using the visual template editor. You can also make things editable using the &lt;a href=&quot;/help/template-editor/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;editable tags&lt;/a&gt; that you can add manually in your code.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Once you’re happy with how things work, you can invite your team to build and edit emails from the template. If you setup any integrations, be sure to enable them in the template settings so they can be used during exporting.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Making updates&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There will most likely be design updates to the template. Formatting tweaks, updates in the footer, new added modules, etc. To make these updates, you can use the code editor within the template editor. You can also import a new version of the code that you worked on in your own code editor. If you used the visual template editor to add editable options, make sure you first download the template code with the editable options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;All new emails built will automatically get the latest updates that you’ve made. For any current emails being worked on that need the updates, there are a couple ways that the updates are applied: Any added sections and components will be automatically added to the sidebar and can be used. And for any changes, an update icon (&lt;svg width=&quot;18&quot; height=&quot;18&quot; viewBox=&quot;0 0 18 18&quot; style=&quot;vertical-align: middle;&quot;&gt;&lt;use xlink:href=&quot;#be-symbol-update&quot;&gt;&lt;/use&gt;&lt;/svg&gt;) will be shown at the top while you’re in edit mode. Clicking it will apply the template updates to the email while keeping its content intact.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you want to see an example of this workflow in action, check out our walkthrough video that goes from template setup to template changes applied to a current email.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;For more details on how template updates work, check out &lt;a href=&quot;/help/template-editor/template-updates-editor/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;the help docs&lt;/a&gt;. And for any questions, feel free to &lt;a href=&quot;/contact/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;message us&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/email-client-branded-emails</id>
		<published>2022-08-25T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/email-client-branded-emails"/>
		<title>Sending branded emails with your email client</title>
		<summary>For sending out designed emails the same way you would send individual emails with your email client.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/screenshot-message-compose.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshot of a composed branded email.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you want to send out simple emails to a small group of people, or to use as your template for one on one emails, you can use your own email client to load in your email design. It is not recommended doing mass sends as you would need to include an unsubscribe option. &lt;!-- One way to make that possible would be to instruct your recipients to reply to the email and request to be unsubscribed. And then manually remove them from your list. --&gt;&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Apps + copy and paste&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;By using this method, the code in your head area of your email with not get included. This means no added styling, or media queries to adjust for mobile, or certain Outlook-specific settings.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For Apple Mail and Gmail, open the HTML file in your web browser. Then go to &lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Select All&lt;/strong&gt;, and then &lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Copy&lt;/strong&gt;. Compose a new message and click within the message content area, and &lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Paste&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In Outlook, compose a new email. Go to &lt;strong&gt;Insert&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Attach File&lt;/strong&gt;. Find your HTML and click on the dropdown arrow next to the &lt;strong&gt;Insert&lt;/strong&gt; button and choose &lt;strong&gt;Insert as Text&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After getting your email pasted in, you can even tweak text in some cases. But be careful doing so as formatting can get messed up in the process. Note that images are included in the email, so make sure that they are not too large!&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Webmail + browser dev tools&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can also use some webmail clients and get all of your HTML code output, including your head area with this somewhat hacky method. You’ll need to have your browser’s dev tools enabled for this to work.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Open the HTML code in either your code editor of choice, or in your browser and do a View Source on it. Do a &lt;strong&gt;Select All&lt;/strong&gt; and copy the code.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Open your webmail email client, like Gmail.com, Outlook.com, or Apple Mail via iCloud.com. Compose a new message. In the message content area, add in some temporary text. Right click on the added text and use the &lt;strong&gt;Inspect Element&lt;/strong&gt; option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Replace the temporary text by using the &lt;strong&gt;Edit as HTML&lt;/strong&gt; option and paste your code in. Close your inspector and you’ll see your email in the message content area.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To get images included, make sure your image URL’s are set to pull in from a hosted source in your code or else they will not load.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;You can export your ready-to-send email HTML from Blocks Edit and use these techniques for sending out your emails. &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Sign up&lt;/a&gt; for your free account.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/starter-email-boilerplate</id>
		<published>2022-08-04T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/starter-email-boilerplate"/>
		<title>Starter modular email boilerplate</title>
		<summary>The framework we use for coding custom email templates that are accessible and lightweight, available as open source.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/starter-redesign-components.png&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshot of the Starter boilerplate template.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;We introduced the &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-email-template/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Starter boilerplate email template&lt;/a&gt; a few years ago as a set of modular components to use as a starting point for coding your own custom designs from. Since then, we redesigned the layout and refactored the code with a focus on accessibility.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A &lt;a href=&quot;https://emailmarkup.org/en/reports/accessibility/2022-07/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;recent accessibility report&lt;/a&gt; highlighted our emails as being among the most accessible. The template we used for those emails was coded from the Starter boilerplate, with each email&#039;s content put together in Blocks Edit.&lt;!-- And we’ve continued to optimize it to make it the cleanest, most efficient code that works across major email clients. --&gt;&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Essential code&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;First and foremost is accessibility and best practices. For structure, div&#039;s are primarily used, while tables and the ghost tables technique are secondary, only used when needed &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/dealing-with-outlook/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;to support Outlook&lt;/a&gt;. Semantic elements like heading and paragraph tags are also used throughout.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The code is easy to read and includes only what is necessary to work across email clients. To better understand the decisions we made with it, we’ve &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-email-template/#notes&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;added notes&lt;/a&gt; on what each part of the code does and why it&#039;s necessary.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Modular pattern library&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The modules included are based on &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/preview/t/744/e7aed0adf69cd3f447dbc2b76799feab446c90db&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;common design patterns&lt;/a&gt; used in email, made up of stacked sections for layout, and standalone components like titles and buttons.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The layout is responsive for mobile devices. Dark mode adjustments are made as well. And it’s been tested across a range of email clients using Email on Acid&#039;s testing suite.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The code is &lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/blocksedit/starter-email-template&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;available on GitHub&lt;/a&gt; and includes example email layouts and an example custom designed email built from the template.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;The Starter email boilerplate template comes editable with every Blocks Edit account. &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Get yours for free.&lt;/a&gt; And for more email design tools and tips, check out &lt;a href=&quot;/resources/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;these resources&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/email-builders-bad-design-practices</id>
		<published>2022-07-20T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/email-builders-bad-design-practices"/>
		<title>How visual email builders reinforce bad design practices</title>
		<summary>They primarily use outdated design practices that cause unintended issues and wasted effort.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/email-nested-tables-code.png&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshot of heavily nested code.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Even though there has been and continues to be progress in email rendering and accessibility, many people still seem to think that email is stuck in the table-based days. Coding with tables is only needed for Outlook which currently stands at just nine percent of average email client usage. It’s currently a coin toss between whether Microsoft finally decides to update its rendering engine, or people just stop using it altogether.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;So why are there so many emails still built using tables for their structure? Because many &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/differences-in-email-editors/&quot;&gt;visual email editors&lt;/a&gt; used to design an email from scratch&lt;!--, along with some email code frameworks,--&gt; still default to outputting table-based code!&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Ghost tables are annoying&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The way to output &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/dealing-with-outlook/&quot;&gt;tables only for Outlook&lt;/a&gt; is to use the ghost tables technique. This can be difficult to work with as it requires plugging in-between your div-based structure. On a technical level, it may not be possible for a visual builder to output well, and it’s likely that the technique can only be used via hand-coding only.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;So visual builders end up using only tables and eliminate div-based code best practices altogether. This leads to code bloat from unnecessary nesting of tables. And a more rigid design as it has to work within that nested table structure.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;The lowest common denominator&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Visual builders have to account for a wide range of email clients for various cases as they need to take into consideration all of their customers and customers’ potential audience. So there is a lot of extra code that’s included that you may not need for your particular audience, or specifically for your design!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This means that there is a chance of potential side effects from the added complexity of the code. And your email takes longer to load. And Gmail cuts off emails with a certain amount of code.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The only way resolve for this is to custom tailor options to your design requirements. And this again is something that is very difficult for visual builders to do, and best done by hand-crafting your code.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;So because of this (unecessary) level of legacy support, I would go as far as to say that visual builders are the reason email design remains behind!&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;!-- Because visual email builders have to account for so many factors, they also have a hard time adapting to new trends and techniques that push forward email design. --&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit works around any HTML code for you to visually build your emails from. &lt;a href=&quot;/getting-started/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Watch how it’s done.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/template-editor</id>
		<published>2022-06-30T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/template-editor"/>
		<title>Blocks Edit template editor</title>
		<summary>Introducing our visual editor for setting editable properties for your HTML template’s content editing.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/screenshot-template-editor.png&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshot of the Blocks Edit visual template editor.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;Content pieces are highlighted to be enabled for editing.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Our simple tagging approach to making your email design&#039;s content editable just got even simpler! You can now visually enable content editing options without having to go into your code. Just import your HTML template and start selecting areas from your design.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Enable content areas&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Once you import your HTML, click the &lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt; button at the top to go into the template editor. You will see that all content pieces in your design are highlighted with a grey dashed border.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Click on one of the grey boxes and a panel will be shown on the left sidebar with the option to set that content element as editable, along with other options depending on whether the element is text or an image.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can also enable regions by clicking the vertical boxes icon on the left sidebar. Regions are areas that group content pieces together and can be set to be duplicated, or to be removable.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Create modules&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For adding modular sections and components for building an email&#039;s layout, switch to either Sections or Components mode in the left sidebar by clicking their respective icons.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You will have to decide what parts of your template work as stackable containers for sections, and which work as self-contained components like titles and buttons.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Dev workflow&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Clicking the &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button updates your code with the added editable options. And you&#039;ll see how they work by trying them out in template preview mode.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For adding more advanced editing features, there is also a code editing mode that allows making quick edits to your code directly within the editor and preview your changes.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you need to make bigger design updates to the template and prefer to do it locally, editing options are added as unobtrusive tags to your HTML&#039;s code. And you can use &lt;strong&gt;Share &amp; Export&lt;/strong&gt; at the top to download the code with the added tags. After you&#039;ve made your changes, upload your HTML back up using &lt;strong&gt;Import New Version&lt;/strong&gt; and your options will remain intact.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Want to see how the new template editor works? &lt;a href=&quot;/help/template-editor/&quot;&gt;Check out the demo!&lt;/a&gt;&lt;!-- Tune in &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.twitch.tv/ovidem&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;live on Twitch.tv&lt;/a&gt;, Friday, July 8th at 10am Pacific. &lt;a href=&quot;mailto:ovi@blocksedit.com?subject=Blocks%20Edit%20template%20editor%20demo&amp;body=Send%20me%20a%20reminder%20to%20tune%20in%20to%20the%20live%20stream%20please!&quot;&gt;Have me remind you when I go live.&lt;/a&gt;--&gt;&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;To try it out for yourself, &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;sign up for your free account&lt;/a&gt; and upload your HTML.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/dealing-with-outlook</id>
		<published>2022-06-23T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/dealing-with-outlook"/>
		<title>Dealing with Outlook</title>
		<summary>Email clients have improved email rendering throughout the years. Except for Microsoft Outlook. Here’s how to support it and keep your sanity.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/outlook-dumpster-fire.png&quot; alt=&quot;A dumpster fire illustration with the Outlook logo on the side of the dumpster.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Remember Internet Explorer and how its lack of support for web standards got so bad that Microsoft had to kill it? That&#039;s pretty much where we are with Outlook. In some cases for mobile, Outlook has improved by using the HTML rendering engines from iOS, Android, and macOS instead of their own. It&#039;s Windows that&#039;s mainly still an issue.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Having recently changed the rendering engine of their Edge browser, does that mean it&#039;s time for Microsoft to finally give Outlook an upgrade as well? Current Outlook usage is roughly at nine percent and continues to go down, so maybe it will just go away completely! But for now, there are enough unfortunate email users that use the bad versions of Outlook that we should be supporting as best we can.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Layout for Outlook&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;First of all, there&#039;s no reason why you shouldn&#039;t build your email structure based on good, &lt;a href=&quot;https://blocksedit.com/content-code/accessibility-habit/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;accessible&lt;/a&gt; design and code, and make Outlook-specific code secondary. Outlook has kept table-based design alive even though there&#039;s no need for it.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The way to account for Outlook requiring tables is by using the ghost tables technique when needed, where tables are added around your div structure, commented to only be output by Outlook. Here&#039;s an example:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;!-- Two-column section with image on the left --&gt;
&lt;!--[if true]&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; role=&quot;presentation&quot; width=&quot;100%&quot; style=&quot;all: unset; opacity: 0;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tr&gt;
&lt;![endif]--&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;display: table; width: 100%;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--[if true]&gt;&lt;td width=&quot;50%&quot; style=&quot;padding-right: 0;&quot;&gt;&lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;div class=&quot;column&quot; style=&quot;display: table-cell; width: 50%; padding-right: 0;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
      &lt;img height=&quot;auto&quot; src=&quot;https://via.placeholder.com/600x400/60bcde/ffffff/?text=Content+Image&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;fill&quot; style=&quot;display: block; width: 300px; height: auto;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if true]&gt;
    &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td width=&quot;50%&quot; style=&quot;padding-left: 14px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;div class=&quot;column&quot; style=&quot;display: table-cell; width: 50%; padding-left: 14px; vertical-align: middle;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
      &lt;p style=&quot;margin: 0; font-family: Helvetica Neue, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 18px; line-height: 24px; color: #333333; font-weight: 300;&quot;&gt;Text next to an image, in a two-colum section, split 50/50.&lt;/p&gt;
  &lt;!--[if !true]&gt;&lt;!--&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;
  &lt;!--&lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;!--[if true]&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;![endif]--&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;!--[if true]&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;![endif]--&gt;&lt;/code&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Images for Outlook&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Another common issue is how Outlook handles image sizes for images that have more pixels that account for high density/retina displays. Normally, you just need to scale the image down by setting the output width or height of the image in your HTML. For Outlook, you&#039;ll need to make sure to include both width and height properties.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;So what about background images? That&#039;s a whole other thing, requiring VML code. First defining it in the HTML element:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;html lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; xmlns:v=&quot;urn:schemas-microsoft-com:vml&quot; xmlns:o=&quot;urn:schemas-microsoft-com:office:office&quot;&gt;
&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Then adding DPI settings in your &lt;code&gt;head&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.courtneyfantinato.com/correcting-outlook-dpi-scaling-issues/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;more info on DPI scaling&lt;/a&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;!--[if mso]&gt;
&lt;noscript&gt;
  &lt;xml&gt;
    &lt;o:OfficeDocumentSettings&gt;
      &lt;o:PixelsPerInch&gt;96&lt;/o:PixelsPerInch&gt;
    &lt;/o:OfficeDocumentSettings&gt;
  &lt;/xml&gt;
&lt;/noscript&gt;
&lt;![endif]--&gt;&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;p&gt;And the VML around your code (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.hteumeuleu.com/2021/background-properties-in-vml/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;more info on VML for background images&lt;/a&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;background-image: url(https://via.placeholder.com/1200x600/60bcde/ffffff/?text=Background+Image); background-repeat: no-repeat; background-size: cover; background-position: top center; width: 100%; height: 300px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;!--[if mso]&gt; &lt;v:rect xmlns:v=&quot;urn:schemas-microsoft-com:vml&quot; fill=&quot;true&quot; stroke=&quot;false&quot; fillcolor=&quot;#333333&quot; style=&quot;width: 450pt; height: 300px; text-align: center;&quot;&gt; &lt;v:fill type=&quot;frame&quot; size=&quot;450pt,300pt&quot; aspect=&quot;atleast&quot; alignshape=&quot;true&quot; src=&quot;https://via.placeholder.com/1200x600/60bcde/ffffff/?text=Background+Image&quot; data-block=&quot;feature-bg&quot; color=&quot;#ffffff&quot;&gt; &lt;v:textbox inset=&quot;0,0,0,0&quot; style=&quot;mso-fit-shape-to-text: true;&quot;&gt;&lt;![endif]--&gt;
  &lt;table role=&quot;presentation&quot; width=&quot;100%&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot;&gt;
    &lt;tr&gt;
      &lt;td style=&quot;height: 260px; padding: 14px; vertical-align: middle; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;h2 style=&quot;margin: 0; font-family: Georgia, Times New Roman, serif; font-size: 28px; line-height: 32px; color: #333333; font-weight: normal;&quot;&gt;Headline/primary title text&lt;/h2&gt;
      &lt;/td&gt;
      &lt;/tr&gt;
  &lt;/table&gt;
  &lt;!--[if mso]&gt;&lt;/v:textbox&gt;&lt;/v:rect&gt;&lt;![endif]--&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/code&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Details for Outlook&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While writing code for Outlook can be a pain, don&#039;t fall into the trap of trying to make your email perfect for Outlook. You don&#039;t need to try and support rounded corners or hover effects, for example. As long as it&#039;s readable, allow some aspects of your email&#039;s design to look a little different in Outlook.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Beyond these main techniques, you may run into issues with certain versions of Outlook. These resources may help you troubleshoot:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.emailonacid.com/blog/article/email-development/how-do-i-get-rid-of-the-lines-in-outlook-emails/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Line space issue&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.demandgen.com/email-rendering-issues-microsoft-outlook-how-to-fix/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Other padding and spacing issues&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://caniuse.email&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;CSS properties supported in Outlook&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit works with your Outlook code to allow you to make your template visually editable. &lt;a href=&quot;https://blocksedit.com/developer/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Learn how it works.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/how-to-revision-history</id>
		<published>2022-06-01T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/how-to-revision-history"/>
		<title>How to: revision history</title>
		<summary>Undo and save states in Blocks Edit allow you to go back to previous edits of any of your emails.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/screenshot-revision-history.png&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshot of the revision history Blocks Edit feature.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;Undo appears at the top while editing. The activity panel on the right shows previous save states.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Blocks Edit allows you to go back on any immediate changes you made while editing, and review a history of revisions made by you or your team.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Undo and redo options&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As you’re editing in Blocks Edit, if you find that you made a mistake, you can use the back arrow at the top of the editor to undo the edit you made. Undo states go back all the way to when you hit the Edit button.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Things that can be undone include: Text that you added or edited, accidentally deleting a section or component, adding in or changing the placement of sections or components, changing out an image.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Saved states panel&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When you save your changes, a new state is created for your email with your edits. You will then be able to view all previous versions that were saved in a panel on the right of the editor by clicking the activity icon. Your current version is highlighted, with the option to “View this version” for previous ones.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you’re working with a team, you will be able to see the team member that made the save of that particular version as well as when they did it. You can even go in and edit a previous version. Saving that edited version will create a new save state.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There is also revision history for your template, with every updated version you upload getting stored.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;For all the functionality details, check out the &lt;a href=&quot;/help/editor/&quot;&gt;help docs&lt;/a&gt;. And if you have any questions, feel free to &lt;a href=&quot;/contact/&quot;&gt;message us&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/design-technique-reusable-components</id>
		<published>2022-05-03T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/design-technique-reusable-components"/>
		<title>Modular design technique: components that work together</title>
		<summary>How DICK’S Sporting Goods designed their components to be reusable and plug into and along side each other.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/dicks-sporting-goods-components.png&quot; alt=&quot;An example email template broken into its component types.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;Examples of modular components that DICK&#039;S Sporting Goods uses in their master template.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;To make a design work &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/modular-design/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;modularly&lt;/a&gt;, your components have to be flexible, so they can be put together in a number of ways. One way to do this is to group your components into stackable sections that provide structure. The other is as smaller, standalone elements that can be plugged into those stackable sections, among content.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.dickssportinggoods.com&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;DICK’S Sporting Goods&lt;/a&gt; emails are &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/preview/t/2065/5ced4209bcf6f9fe8b12853c2a36cfc8b7cdba4d&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;a good example&lt;/a&gt; of this in practice. Because of the large number of products they carry, using this approach allows them to turn around more emails, faster. So they can keep up with the on-going promotional efforts that all of their products demand!&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Structural options&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Starting with a series of sections for building the layout, each section maintains a consistent space where components can be dropped in. Their sections include:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;An intro/feature area, with option to change the background color to match the featured photo&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Various banner formats&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Single-column layouts with different sized images and different ways to present copy around the images&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Multi-column options&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Library of components&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With space for smaller components determined, they were then able to go through and put together a variety of them. Each component based on a specific piece of content:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Different title sizes&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Different types of body text, like legal copy&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;CTA text links&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Buttons with style variants&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Button groups for listings&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Special category labels&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dividing components this way gives you a framework to work within when designing new layout sections and smaller components. It also allows for getting very specific with your pieces of content as you are able to have a range of options you can mix and match.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Learn &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/case-study-dicks-sporting-goods/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;how DICK’S Sporting Goods used Blocks Edit&lt;/a&gt; to visually build their emails using their custom designed components. And find out &lt;a href=&quot;https://blocksedit.com/developer/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;how to make your own design editable&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/organizing-email-design</id>
		<published>2022-04-14T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/organizing-email-design"/>
		<title>Organizing your email design process</title>
		<summary>3 steps towards systemizing your email’s production.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/organizing-design-process.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;A team collaborating on design workflows with floating overlays of abstract design concepts.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;You should start thinking about design as you’re coming up with your emails. Figure out what kind of visual theme you’ll need based on the messaging. Start looking at assets your organization currently has, like &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/branding-in-email/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;brand guidelines&lt;/a&gt;, a copywriting style guide, and any related marketing materials.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Step 1: Set design goals&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Along with gathering these assets, set goals for how you want your audience to interact with your emails. For example:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Design should follow brand guidelines but have a fresh creative direction&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Design should be easy to read and mobile-friendly&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Emails should be accessible by using live text and look good across email clients&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This helps you be more strategic about design and determine what constraints to work within for your workflow.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Step 2: Maintain consistency&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As you start putting together creatives, keep an eye on the patterns that start to develop. You should lean in to these patterns as a way to develop consistency for your design. It helps make your campaigns recognizable and creates context for your audience.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This is also where you can apply &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/category/design/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;modular design principles&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Standardize spacing and font sizing&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Define repeatable elements like title text and buttons&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Break up your design into stackable sections&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Use columns for visual flow&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This makes reading of your emails easier to digest.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Step 3: Develop a framework&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Having a consistent, modularized design to work from, start collecting your elements and document guidelines around how to use them. And make them available for your team to refer to. This is what a &lt;a href=&quot;/email-design-system/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;design system&lt;/a&gt; is all about.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It allows for better collaboration across your email team. With a library of modules and a guide for how they work, your team can develop emails faster, not getting bogged down on details with each new email.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While using these steps towards systemizing your email design and production may seem like you’re limiting the creativity of your emails, that shouldn’t be the case. Your system should allow for evolving: expanding on current rules and creating new ones.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Step 4: Use &lt;a href=&quot;/how-it-works/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit&lt;/a&gt; to make your system interactive for your team to build and edit emails using a drag and drop editor.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/design-technique-layout-styles</id>
		<published>2022-03-31T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/design-technique-layout-styles"/>
		<title>Modular design technique: Layout styles to break up content</title>
		<summary>AAA’s newsletter allows for glanceable reading by using a wide range of content layout options.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/aaa-south-jersey-layouts.png&quot; alt=&quot;An email example with various layout styles used throughout.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;Examples of different layouts used in AAA South Jersey emails.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.southjersey.aaa.com&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;AAA South Jersey&lt;/a&gt;’s eUpdate offers customers services and ideas to help them plan their next trip. From discounts and reward options to automative and insurance advice, to travel inspiration. With so many things to cover, their &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/preview/t/2069/b3f5585af6f8db92ef57e0dd51dd4b383ab01bae&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;modular template&lt;/a&gt; requires flexibility for content formats and is designed for customers to skim through.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Content-focused layout&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For the variety of content, different layout sections are utilized:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;A single-column feature&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;2-column with a photo aligned either left or right&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;2-column grid with both columns having photos and copy&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;3-column with smaller photos&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;3-column with icon graphics&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The sections used are based on the content that fits within them. The layout design is bare-bones with no accent styling besides set spacing. This makes the content central to what brings it all together. Callout banners and line breaks further help separate content.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Reuse of core components&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Components within each section are also kept basic: image, title, text, call-to-action. Photos for images match in style. Call-to-actions have either one type of button or linked text. And titles have just a couple of size and format options. This approach allows these elements to be placed within any of the layout sections and keeps the design consistent throughout.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Using these various layouts breaks up content and lets customers browse while scrolling as they look for the areas that interest them. Clear call-to-actions allow them to read further and take next steps. A simple, tried and true formula at it&#039;s best!&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Learn &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/case-study-aaa/&quot;&gt;how AAA used Blocks Edit&lt;/a&gt; to build emails from their template. And for a variety of layout options to use in your own design, check out our &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-email-template/&quot;&gt;Starter template&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/how-to-design-system</id>
		<published>2022-03-23T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/how-to-design-system"/>
		<title>How to: using your design system</title>
		<summary>How Blocks Edit works with your brand guidelines and design system.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/email-design-library.png&quot; alt=&quot;An example of an email design system and its modules.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;Example of a componentized email design library.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;When designing your email campaigns, you may already have brand guidelines that you refer to. As you put together campaigns regularly, you’ll find design patterns that you reuse. And you may even start collecting a library of components and start developing a &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/email-design-system-thoughts/&quot;&gt;design system&lt;/a&gt; around them.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Using your component library&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Blocks Edit visual editor works around any kind of email design. It allows making content areas editable. So any email design can turn into a reusable template within a few minutes by adding the &lt;code&gt;block-edit&lt;/code&gt; tag to your text or placeholder images.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Taking the concept further, you can include reusable components within your template and turn them into drag and drop objects in the editor. &lt;code&gt;block-section&lt;/code&gt; for stackable modules, and &lt;code&gt;block-component&lt;/code&gt; for standalone elements like titles and buttons.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Customizing your guardrails&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Adding these &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/how-to-dev-workflow/&quot;&gt;editable tags&lt;/a&gt; sets very specific actions for how your team builds emails from your template. Components are defined as stackable sections and standalone elements to limit how they work within their given context. Text has only &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/how-to-text-formatting/&quot;&gt;basic formatting options&lt;/a&gt;: bold and italic. &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/how-to-image-formatting/&quot;&gt;Imported images&lt;/a&gt; crop and scale to what you set for their placeholders.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On top of this, you can provide additional options based on your design. You can disable certain formatting, or even text from being edited (allowing for only editing its link, for example). You can set character limits for pieces of text. Provide alternate variants for a component to choose from.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;At its core, Blocks Edit allows you to utilize your design for your team to build from. It lets you use your design library and design system to their full extent. It also simplifies any documentation around your design since guidelines are inherent in the editable framework.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Start making your email design editable using &lt;a href=&quot;/developer/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit tags&lt;/a&gt; for your team to easily build and edit their campaigns.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/design-technique-collage-layouts</id>
		<published>2022-03-08T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/design-technique-collage-layouts"/>
		<title>Modular design technique: creative collage layouts</title>
		<summary>How Funimation uses collage-based visuals to promote their wide range of shows and products.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/funimation-collage-layouts.png&quot; alt=&quot;Examples of email modules that feature a collage of multiple products.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;Modular sections of various collage layouts that Funimation uses for their emails.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.funimation.com&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Funimation&lt;/a&gt; is a production company, content distributor, and streaming service specializing in anime animation. They use their emails to promote their shows and related merchandise.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Because their library is so extensive, their emails can include a large amount of promotions. For these cases their template was designed with a variety of creative modular sections that list multiple items in a collage layout.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Columns and grids&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Here are some of the techniques that they utilize:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;2-column and 3-column image-only grids, grouped with a title and call-to-action&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;2-column and 3-column grids of images, each with a call-to-action&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;A 1:3 ratio column with an image on either the left or right side and a title, text, and call-to-action on the other side&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;2-column content sections each with an image, title, text, and call-to-action&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;A photo collage of images of varying sizes&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Mobile in mind&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The column-based approach allows for mobile responsiveness. Image-only items scale down for mobile and maintain their grid format. While items with additional content wrap from two columns into a single column.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The images themselves are kept consistent in style and format throughout. They also include alt-tags with the name of the products shown.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Funimation used &lt;a href=&quot;https://blocksedit.com&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit&lt;/a&gt; to produce their emails based on their modular template. When you uploaded images in the visual editor, they’re &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/how-to-image-formatting/&quot;&gt;formatted automatically&lt;/a&gt; following template presets to save you and your team time.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/how-to-image-formatting</id>
		<published>2022-03-03T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/how-to-image-formatting"/>
		<title>How to: image formatting options</title>
		<summary>How images get placed and formatted within your content using Blocks Edit.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/image-formatting-options.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;A screenshot of the Blocks Edit editor with inline image editing options.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;Placeholder with options for adding a replacement image.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;When an image is made editable in a template, you can choose to upload a new image in its place either from your local computer, or if setup, &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/how-to-images/&quot;&gt;from a source, like an FTP or CDN&lt;/a&gt;. Or you can set a custom URL for it. And you have options to add a link along with alt text.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Image sizing&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;By default, an image’s size is determined from how its placeholder is setup in the template. Blocks Edit refers to the image’s original dimensions and size properties. When a new image is uploaded, there is an option to crop it based on the original image’s dimensions and it gets scaled down to the image’s size. If the image is lower in resolution than the placeholder, the user is prompted to upload one that is higher resolution.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you have a &lt;code&gt;height: auto&lt;/code&gt; style on your image, the cropping and scaling will only constrain to the width and allow for the height to adjust. And vice versa with &lt;code&gt;width: auto&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This applies to JPG and PNG files and includes image compression. GIF files do not get resized or cropped. And PNG files have the option to skip compression for cases where the PNG has already been sized and compressed as needed.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Resizable images&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To allow a template image placeholder to resize to the image that’s uploaded, you can use the &lt;code&gt;block-resize&lt;/code&gt; tag. This will skip the cropping modal and the image gets resized to both the width and height of the uploaded image.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It will however still take into account pixel density of the original template image. For example, if the template image is 200 pixels wide, but the output is set to 100 pixels (using either the width property or style), it will use that 2:1 ratio for deciding on the size that’s output for the uploaded image. So if your new image is 400 pixels wide, it will stay that size, but will have a set image width of 200 pixels that it gets output in.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;min-width&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;max-width&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;min-height&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;max-height&lt;/code&gt; styles to set size limits for the output. So using the pixel density example above, if &lt;code&gt;max-width&lt;/code&gt; is set to 600 pixels and your new image is 2000 pixels wide, it gets scaled down to 1200 pixels, taking into account the 2:1 ratio.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;For all the details on the editable image properties you can set, take a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;https://blocksedit.com/developer/content/#resizable-images&quot;&gt;tags docs&lt;/a&gt;. And if you have any questions, feel free to &lt;a href=&quot;/contact/&quot;&gt;message us&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/case-study-dicks-sporting-goods</id>
		<published>2022-02-16T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/case-study-dicks-sporting-goods"/>
		<title>How DICK’S Sporting Goods scaled their email production</title>
		<summary>Using their modular design system in Blocks Edit allowed their team to produce more emails in less time.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/blocks-edit-dicks-sporting-goods.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;DICK&#039;S Sporting Goods and Blocks Edit&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;DICK&#039;S Sporting Goods is a leading sporting goods retailer, offering an extensive assortment of sports equipment, apparel, footwear and accessories. Their history dates back to 1948, expanding their product line in the late 1970&#039;s to include much of what you’ll find at DICK’S Sporting Goods today.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For their emails, they needed to reduce the amount of time they spent producing regular campaigns. They started by developing a template system which helped make brand consistency easier and their workflow more efficient. Blocks Edit was a perfect fit for their needs as they could use their template to allow team members to visually build emails and offload most of the work their dev team previously had to do to produce each email.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Blocks Edit’s flexible template tags let them use their template as they had coded it without requiring a lot of additional coding. And seeing what they were able to do with editing features, they expanded on their template with added design options for building out a variety of emails.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;blockquote&gt;
  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Blocks Edit has allowed the team to accommodate the big influx of new creative requests, since designers are spending way less time designing emails and can now focus on other marketing. We&#039;ve seen improvements in our efficiency and dramatically reduced on-boarding time of new designers.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
  &lt;cite&gt;— Steven Till, Senior Creative Developer, DICK&#039;S Sporting Goods&lt;/cite&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;p&gt;
  &lt;div style=&quot;border: #ccc 1px solid; height: 500px; overflow-y: scroll;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/case-study-dsg-1.png&quot; width=&quot;760&quot; alt=&quot;DICK&#039;S Sporting Goods template components&quot; style=&quot;float: left; width: 100%;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
  &lt;figcaption&gt;&lt;p style=&quot;text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;&quot;&gt;DICK&#039;S Sporting Goods template components – &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/preview/t/2065/5ced4209bcf6f9fe8b12853c2a36cfc8b7cdba4d&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;View editable template →&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/figcaption&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Having a visual editor to work with, the DSG email team could bring on new marketing team members to participate in the production process. Campaigns could now be put together at the same time by different teams that would build out emails and plug in content on their own. And the single sign-on integration made it their accounts manageable by their IT team.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With the new Blocks Edit workflow in place, DSG then decided to replicate the setup for their additional brands, utilizing their base template framework, adjusting to the needs of each brand&#039;s design.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Their email marketing production process had been upgraded in a major way across their entire organization. The benefits of Blocks Edit made them more effective at producing great emails, and at a scale like never before.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;...DSG then decided to replicate the setup for their additional brands, utilizing their base template framework, adjusting to the needs of each brand&#039;s design.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;p&gt;
  &lt;div style=&quot;border: #ccc 1px solid; height: 500px; overflow-y: scroll;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/case-study-dsg-2.jpg&quot; width=&quot;760&quot; alt=&quot;DICK&#039;S Sporting Goods email example&quot; style=&quot;float: left; width: 100%;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
  &lt;figcaption&gt;&lt;p style=&quot;text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;&quot;&gt;DICK&#039;S Sporting Goods email example&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/figcaption&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/how-it-works/&quot;&gt;Learn more about Blocks Edit&lt;/a&gt; and how it can work for you and your team.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/design-technique-color-tone</id>
		<published>2022-02-03T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/design-technique-color-tone"/>
		<title>Modular design technique: utilizing color for tone</title>
		<summary>How Headspace uses different color palettes for their email content while keeping layout and formatting consistent.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/headspace-color-schemes.png&quot; alt=&quot;Three email examples from Headspace, each having different illustrations and colors that match them.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;Headspace emails use live text and buttons to accompany intro illustrations, changing their colors to match.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.headspace.com&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Headspace app&lt;/a&gt; offers a variety of simple meditation exercises to help you find peace and calm throughout your day. Keeping with its theme of simplicity, it uses minimally stylized illustrations to accompany their different bite-sized courses.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://reallygoodemails.com/headspace&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Their emails&lt;/a&gt; are an extension of this format, using the same style of illustrations and themed colors, for an on-brand reading experience that very closely matches the app.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Extending illustrations with color&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For an email’s intro/feature, a large illustration is used to introduce the message of the email. It’s accompanied by live title text and in some cases, a call-to-action button.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To bring it all together, the title text and the button match the illustration’s color scheme. The illustration’s background color is used to extend to the area of the text and button. And the Headspace logo is also added to the mix to make it look like the illustration extends all the way to the email header.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Color for theme and tone&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Some emails take the key illustration color scheme even further by using its colors for the entire email. This is usually specific to a series of courses that are part of a theme, like a dark tone for their sleep series.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The email’s layout, and components are consistent to all of their other emails, with only their colors changing. This allows for the reuse of design elements as well as their code. And offers the same easy-to-read experience each time a customer gets an email from them.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Use the color tones modular design technique in your own template and build your email&#039;s content visually using Blocks Edit. &lt;a href=&quot;/how-it-works/&quot;&gt;Learn about how it works&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;/getting-started/&quot;&gt;start building for free&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/modular-design</id>
		<published>2022-01-11T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/modular-design"/>
		<title>What is modular design?</title>
		<summary>A framework for more clearly defining the language around your design system and templating techniques.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/modular-design-labels.png&quot; alt=&quot;An example of modular design sections, each labeled and with code variable names.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Modular design is a &lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/blocksedit/modular-design&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;method&lt;/a&gt; for improving web design and email production workflows by using components-based design and layout patterns that overlap structural coding practices.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This modular design approach breaks apart content and design elements and puts them back together along these guidelines:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt; - text pieces and images&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Components&lt;/strong&gt; - reusable, standalone elements like buttons and titles, the building blocks of your content&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regions&lt;/strong&gt; - groups of content content pieces and components, arranged in a very specific way&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections&lt;/strong&gt; - stackable containers of regions between the header and footer to create an overall layout&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Design system components and their layout&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/email-design-system-thoughts/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;design system&lt;/a&gt; focuses on the components aspect and uses documentation to explain how the components should be used. Using modular design definitions further provides context for these design components and shows how all the pieces of a design come together.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A modular design framework takes into account content pieces as well as layout for components and content. While a layout of components is essentially just made up of boxes within boxes, calling them sections vs regions vs components and content provides a more tangible model to work with.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&quot;Using modular design definitions further provides context for these design components and shows how all the pieces of a design come together.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22Using%20modular%20design%20definitions%20further%20provides%20context%20for%20these%20design%20components%20and%20shows%20how%20all%20the%20pieces%20of%20a%20design%20come%20together.%22%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/email-design-system-thoughts/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Coding modularly and using a common language&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When it comes to going from design to code, being modular in your programming essentially means creating a library of code snippets that you can reuse. Design components, regions, and sections can be coded as templates for content and future creatives.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The names you give your various design areas can also be used as labels around your code (also known as &quot;design tokens&quot;) so both designers and developers (and other team members) can share the same language around the design.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Content text and images are treated as data. This helps separate content from structure and visuals and allows making your content dynamic by using variables and logic statements.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The benefits of having a modular design and a design system are well-known: increased efficiency, scalability, and cost-savings. And a proper workflow like the modular design method for developing your modular design offers added clarity to the process.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&quot;The benefits of having a modular design and a design system are well-known: increased efficiency, scalability, and cost-savings.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22The%20benefits%20of%20having%20a%20modular%20design%20and%20a%20design%20system%20are%20well-known:%20increased%20efficiency,%20scalability,%20and%20cost-savings.%22%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/email-design-system-thoughts/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/developer/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit&#039;s library of tags&lt;/a&gt; follows the modular design method to making a template editable in the visual editor. And we offer a &lt;a href=&quot;/template-service/&quot;&gt;modular design setup package&lt;/a&gt; to help you review and code your template to follow it as well.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/case-study-aaa</id>
		<published>2021-12-01T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/case-study-aaa"/>
		<title>How AAA switched visual editors and expanded their template usage</title>
		<summary>Going from an outdated solution to Blocks Edit added design flexibility, reduced overhead, and brought in more of their team.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/blocks-edit-aaa.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;A couple on a road trip, takes a break to have some coffee from a thermos in the back of their SUV.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The American Automobile Association started in 1902 when nine independent motor clubs across the country banded together to create a national motoring association. Today, AAA is a federation of affiliated motor clubs with more than 1,000 offices throughout the United States and Canada, serving more than 61 million members.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Each AAA club is an independent, not-for-profit membership organization, chartered and incorporated in its own state and controlled by its own Board of Directors. The clubs often communicate with each other to share ideas and collaborate on their marketing efforts.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For their email production, a handful of clubs used an in-house visual editor based on open source software. To make updates to their template, it required not only making code updates to the HTML, but setting up the code for editing options in the editor which was a cumbersome process. The editor could also be pretty clunky at times when it came to the editing for their added modules. The need to improve their workflow, as well as not having to maintain their homegrown product is what led them to switch to Blocks Edit.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For their design, the clubs used a variation of a master modular template, with club-specific changes to their own versions of it. Since they no longer had to maintain their template’s codebase, as it was embedded in the editor, they were able to refactor their code which improved output for email clients and fixed some mobile issues they had been stuck with in the past. And adding Blocks Edit editable tags around their new coding approach was much easier to implement than before.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&quot;Blocks Edit allows me to collaborate on email campaigns with my team quickly and efficiently which is extremely helpful in the fast pace of today’s online atmosphere.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;cite&gt;– Danielle Taylor, eCommerce Manager at AAA Northway&lt;/cite&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;p&gt;
  &lt;div style=&quot;border: #ccc 1px solid; height: 500px; overflow-y: scroll;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/case-study-aaa-1.png&quot; width=&quot;760&quot; alt=&quot;AAA template components&quot; style=&quot;float: left; width: 100%;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
  &lt;figcaption&gt;&lt;p style=&quot;text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;&quot;&gt;AAA template components – &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/preview/t/2069/b3f5585af6f8db92ef57e0dd51dd4b383ab01bae&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;View editable template →&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/figcaption&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Editing options were customized around each of their template’s design variations, based on each team’s needs. As they needed to update the design with new modules and features, the implementation was much easier than working within their previous editor’s API, and allowed for migrating updates to each club’s templates easily as well.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To help their process even further, the teams utilized the Salesforce Marketing Cloud integration to export directly to their Salesforce account, and the AWS S3 integration for their images. They went from trying out Blocks Edit for an initial club and soon expanded to others, with clubs and team members continuing to come on board!&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;!--
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;They went from trying out Blocks Edit for an initial club and soon expanded to others, with clubs and team members continuing to come on board!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
  &lt;div style=&quot;border: #ccc 1px solid; height: 500px; overflow-y: scroll;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/case-study-aaa-2.jpg&quot; width=&quot;760&quot; alt=&quot;AAA email example&quot; style=&quot;float: left; width: 100%;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
  &lt;figcaption&gt;&lt;p style=&quot;text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;&quot;&gt;AAA email example&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/figcaption&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/how-it-works/&quot;&gt;Learn more about Blocks Edit&lt;/a&gt; and how it can work for you and your team.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/new-november-2021-redesign</id>
		<published>2021-11-16T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/new-november-2021-redesign"/>
		<title>Blocks Edit update: a redesign, and email search</title>
		<summary>A lighter, cleaner design upgrade with a single template view, and keyword searching for finding your emails.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/redesign-screenshot.png&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshot of the redesigned Blocks Edit dashboard showing the template view with emails and folders.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The dashboard and editor have gotten a redesign! Now lighter and cleaner with functionality improvements making it easier to navigate.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Email search&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Besides the new look and feel, the first thing you’ll notice when you log in is an Email search added in the top bar. This will allow you to search for the name of an email and get results as you type. Results will show emails matching your keyword along with where each email is located and when it was last updated, and by whom.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Single-template view&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Each template now has its own separate screen. If you have multiple templates on your dashboard and each one has a good amount of emails, then this one&#039;s for you! When you log in, you&#039;ll be taken to the last template you were on. And at the top will be a dropdown to access your other templates.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Dark mode&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If the redesign is too light for you, and you&#039;d prefer a darker tone, we&#039;ve included a dark mode version. The interface will automatically adjust to it based on your operating system/browser setting. Or, you can manually set it from &lt;strong&gt;My profile&lt;/strong&gt;, by clicking on your avatar in the upper right.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Still familiar&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While things may feel different, most things are where you would expect them to be, and work the same as before. Here are a few other things that got shifted around:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;If you are part of multiple organizations, you would previously see multiple tabs at the top for them. They’re now in a their own dropdown at the top left.&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Access to organization and integration settings are now also at the top, next to the organization dropdown. Previously, they were both on a single screen, hidden away in your account dropdown at the top right.&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;The template screenshot is now bigger, and moved on the right, for a preview that&#039;s easier to see.&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;The option to add a folder is now at the bottom of your template, where other folders reside.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The first-time user experience has also been improved to better introduce new users to their dashboard.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;We hope you enjoy this update. Stay tuned for more! And thank you for being a Blocks Edit customer. If you have any questions or comments, feel free to &lt;a href=&quot;/support/&quot;&gt;contact us&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/case-study-corepower-yoga</id>
		<published>2021-11-02T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/case-study-corepower-yoga"/>
		<title>How CorePower Yoga reduced costs while increasing their output</title>
		<summary>Producing their emails with Blocks Edit decreased their labor hours and allowed them to develop more campaigns than before.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/blocks-edit-corepower-yoga.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;CorePower Yoga and Blocks Edit&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;CorePower Yoga is the nation&#039;s largest operator of yoga studios, with 200 locations across the country. Their mission is to &quot;show the world the incredible life-changing things that happen when you root an intensely physical workout in the mindfulness of yoga.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For their email builds, the marketing team utilized an external agency, having each individual email coded based on design mockups from their designer. They eventually reached a limit to the campaigns they were able to produce a week.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;They started developing a design system around their email creatives and a modular template that helped keep emails consistent and allowed them to reuse design components.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;They then made the template editable in Blocks Edit and invited their team in to build out emails and plug in content using the visual editor. This greatly reduced the production time for an email as the content editors could now put together emails on their own within minutes and eliminated the time spent back and forth reviewing copy edits.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;p&gt;
  &lt;div style=&quot;border: #ccc 1px solid; height: 500px; overflow-y: scroll;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/case-study-corepower-yoga-1.jpg&quot; width=&quot;760&quot; alt=&quot;CorePower Yoga template components&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; /&gt;
  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
  &lt;figcaption&gt;&lt;p style=&quot;text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;&quot;&gt;CorePower Yoga template components – &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/preview/t/2060/ca36546dad7b3badf492098d2c74e34d76bb53ce&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;View editable template →&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/figcaption&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This greatly reduced the production time for an email as the content editors could now put together emails on their own within minutes and eliminated the time spent back and forth reviewing copy edits.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The dev agency no longer needed to code each email and could focus on producing new creative work, adding in and updating components for the template as needed. This meant the team was able to develop new campaigns while more easily maintaining regular, on-going emails.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With the Salesforce Marketing Cloud integration, the team could export their emails directly to their SFMC account for sending out, including their image assets, without having to touch any of the code. They even utilized adding AMPscript code among their content.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;
  &lt;div style=&quot;border: #ccc 1px solid; height: 500px; overflow-y: scroll;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/case-study-corepower-yoga-3.jpg&quot; width=&quot;760&quot; alt=&quot;CorePower Yoga email example using AMPscript code (blue bars)&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; /&gt;
  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
  &lt;figcaption&gt;&lt;p style=&quot;text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;&quot;&gt;CorePower Yoga email example using AMPscript code (blue bars)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/figcaption&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The dev agency no longer needed to code each email and could focus on producing new creative work, adding in and updating components for the template as needed.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The team developed multiple templates for their campaigns, each with their own set of guidelines and rules. For each campaign, they set up link tracking parameters. And the pin feature allowed them to save content they wanted to repurpose for on-going promos.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;
  &lt;div style=&quot;border: #ccc 1px solid; height: 500px; overflow-y: scroll;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/case-study-corepower-yoga-2.jpg&quot; width=&quot;760&quot; alt=&quot;CorePower Yoga email example&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; /&gt;
  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
  &lt;figcaption&gt;&lt;p style=&quot;text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;&quot;&gt;CorePower Yoga email example&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/figcaption&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/how-it-works/&quot;&gt;Learn more about Blocks Edit&lt;/a&gt; and how it can work for you and your team.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/email-builders-bad-at-email-design</id>
		<published>2021-09-30T00:00:00Z</published>
		<updated>2023-02-09T00:00:00Z</updated>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/email-builders-bad-at-email-design"/>
		<title>Why visual email builders are bad at email design</title>
		<summary>They have more options than you need, yet still have design and workflow limitations.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/visual-email-builders.png&quot; alt=&quot;Three X&#039;s over complicated formatting options.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Visual editors can make building emails easier, but &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/differences-in-email-editors/&quot;&gt;traditional editors&lt;/a&gt; based on building emails from scratch within their toolset have some serious flaws. If you&#039;ve ever used them, these may sound familiar:&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;They don’t allow for enforcing brand guidelines&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;They have a lot of color options, a lot of font and formatting options, but no options to limit any of those options to brand colors, specific font formatting, or other brand guidelines.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;They are overwhelming for non-designers to use&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With so many options for design fine tuning, a designer may still need to be involved to figure out how to properly use all the settings for getting design elements right. And keeping the design consistent.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;Design is still limited&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Despite all the options, there is still a rigid structure the editor works within that ends up not allowing for certain visual design patterns and trends. This is because &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/email-builders-bad-design-practices/&quot;&gt;they depend too heavily on table-based design&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;They generate bloated code&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Relying on table-based design, they create unnecessary nesting of tables which outputs a lot of additional, unnecessary code. This leads to potential unintended issues that come from the complexities of the code.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;They miss design details&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Things like proper spacing between design elements and content are either difficult to adjust, hard to keep consistent across the design, or just not possible to get right.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;They have rendering issues&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With all the options available and the amount of code that&#039;s generated, there tends to be potential formatting issues that can break the design, or look bad on mobile devices. This in turn increases amount of QA needed.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;There is no way to integrate with other tools&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You are not able to host images on your own, &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/portable-assets/&quot;&gt;locking you in to their servers&lt;/a&gt;. Email providers usually have an editor specifically designed to lock you into their platform.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;No options to collaborate with your team&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Because email providers tack on their email editors with just basic functionality, they are often limited when it comes to workflows for collaborating with your team on content review.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;All these flaws add up to a broken overall process. It creates frustration in trying to get your design to look good, and undue stress for your team updating content while worrying about messing something up.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/developer/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit is a visual editor that works similar to a web CMS&lt;/a&gt;, letting you add only the editing options you need around your own coded design. This gives you complete control over how your team uses the design to produce emails, and makes it easy for them to do so!&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/how-to-personalization-segmentation</id>
		<published>2021-09-27T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/how-to-personalization-segmentation"/>
		<title>How to: personalization and segmentation</title>
		<summary>Making your content dynamic with custom ESP code in Blocks Edit.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/esp-segmentation-code.png&quot; alt=&quot;A screenshot of the editor showing personalization editing options.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;ESP code snippets used for segmenting content.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Personalizing your content is most commonly done using either tokens or variables within your copy, or by using if/then definitions of specific situations to show content. In Blocks Edit you can use tokens by just putting in them into your copy.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For your if/then statements, you can add editable code snippets among your content. The code is hidden and shown as a blue bar to indicate where the code breaks occur. To make changes to it, click on the bar to expand the editable code.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Setting up editable code snippets&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To setup a custom code section or component for your template use &lt;code class=&quot;language-html&quot;&gt;be-code-edit&lt;/code&gt; within a &lt;code class=&quot;language-html&quot;&gt;code&lt;/code&gt; tag:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;be-code-edit&quot;&gt;
  %%[ IF @member==&quot;True&quot; THEN ]%%
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The code is output in its raw form between your HTML code so it’s ready to use when you export your email for your ESP to parse it.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can also specify a code block for the head area of your HTML by adding a &lt;code&gt;data-area&lt;/code&gt; attribute with &lt;code class=&quot;language-html&quot;&gt;head&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;be-code-edit&quot; data-area=&quot;head&quot;&gt;
  %%[ IF @member==&quot;True&quot; THEN ]%%
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/code&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The editable code block can have additional code beyond just if/then statements. In fact, it works with any kind of code, including HTML widget code.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;If you have any questions on these or any other Blocks Edit features, feel free to &lt;a href=&quot;/support/&quot;&gt;send us a message&lt;/a&gt;. And take a look through our &lt;a href=&quot;/help/&quot;&gt;help docs&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/link-tracking</id>
		<published>2021-07-20T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/link-tracking"/>
		<title>Tracking links in email</title>
		<summary>The most important of email metrics, maybe the only thing you need.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/link-tracking-metrics.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Abstract illustration of metrics for links.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;URL parameters have become a standard way to measure online campaigns. From emails, to landing pages, to ads, pretty much any kind of marketing campaign that has a link associated with it. While there are other email metrics, if your goal is to get someone to perform an action from your email, the best way to track that it’s done is by adding tracking parameters to the links they click on.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&quot;While there are other email metrics, if your goal is to get someone to perform an action from your email, the best way to track that it’s done is by adding tracking parameters to the links they click on.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22While%20there%20are%20other%20email%20metrics,%20if%20your%20goal%20is%20to%20get%20someone%20to%20perform%20an%20action%20from%20your%20email,%20the%20best%20way%20to%20track%20that%20it&#039;s%20done%20is%20by%20adding%20tracking%20parameters%20to%20the%20links%20they%20click%20on.%22%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/link-tracking/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;How parameters work&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;URL parameters are variables that are added to any URL within an email for the purpose of tagging additional information to the URL. That information is then picked up by your website&#039;s analytics.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A link parameter can be as simple as using &lt;code class=&quot;language-html&quot;&gt;ref&lt;/code&gt; with a value of your email campaign to simply track where the link was clicked from:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;language-html&quot;&gt;https://blocksedit.com/?ref=newsletter-july-2021&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Or, it can get more complex, with additional parameters, usually following the UTM format:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;language-html&quot;&gt;https://blocksedit.com/?utm_medium=email&amp;utm_campaign=newsletter-july-2021&amp;utm_content=feature-banner&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;language-html&quot;&gt;utm_medium&lt;/code&gt; - marketing channel; sometimes used as &lt;code class=&quot;language-html&quot;&gt;utm_source&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;language-html&quot;&gt;utm_campaign&lt;/code&gt; - name of campaign&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;language-html&quot;&gt;utm_content&lt;/code&gt; - specific content piece for the link&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Putting email metrics in perspective&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Because of how different email clients work, the results for certain email metrics, such as email opens, can be, at best, inaccurate, and, at worst, unnecessary. But URL parameters are part of the links you set and are not affected whatsoever by email clients. They’re simple to setup, flexible to work with, and allow for full control over your tracking efforts.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&quot;URL parameters are part of the links you set and are not affected whatsoever by email clients. They’re simple to setup, flexible to work with, and allow for full control over your tracking efforts.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22URL%20parameters%20are%20part%20of%20the%20links%20you%20set%20and%20are%20not%20affected%20whatsoever%20by%20email%20clients.%20They&#039;re%20simple%20to%20setup,%20flexible%20to%20work%20with,%20and%20allow%20for%20full%20control%20over%20your%20tracking%20efforts.%22%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/link-tracking/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Manually building tracking for URLs can get cumbersome. The Blocks Edit &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/how-to-link-tracking/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;link tracking feature&lt;/a&gt; allows adding parameters you define for your URLs automatically, and generates links for you. &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Sign up to start using it for free.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/how-to-link-tracking</id>
		<published>2021-07-14T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/how-to-link-tracking"/>
		<title>How to: link tracking</title>
		<summary>Automatically append tracking parameters to your email URLs in Blocks Edit.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/link-tracking-feature.png&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshot of Blocks Edit link tracking feature.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Tracking links that are clicked in an email can be &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/link-tracking/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;the most important of email metrics to measure&lt;/a&gt;. The standard way to do this is by appending parameters to each URL in your email. In Blocks Edit, we’ve made this process easier than having to do it manually with each email.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;On a template level&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From the dashboard, in template settings, you will see a &lt;strong&gt;Link Tracking&lt;/strong&gt; tab. There you can enable the use of parameters and add custom parameters to apply as the default that each email build starts out with.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;On an email level&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For an email, link tracking options are under the email settings, also within its own tab. They will only be available if parameters are enabled and set on template settings. Here, you will be able to set default values for the parameters that get set for each URL within the email.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;On a link level&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When adding a link for an email, there are fields to set values for the parameters defined. The fields will use the values you set in your email settings and allow you to change them.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you’re familiar with building links with parameters, you can see how doing it this way not only makes adding parameters faster, but also more accurate as you avoid the potential for human error in the process!&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;If you have any questions on these or any other Blocks Edit features, feel free to &lt;a href=&quot;/support/&quot;&gt;send us a message&lt;/a&gt;. And take a look through our &lt;a href=&quot;/help/&quot;&gt;help docs&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/how-to-content-pieces</id>
		<published>2021-06-24T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/how-to-content-pieces"/>
		<title>How to: reusing content pieces</title>
		<summary>Working with content, modularly in Blocks Edit.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/section-pinning.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshot of Blocks Edit section pinning feature.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On a fundamental level, a template is made up of text and image blocks. For added functionality, Blocks Edit allows grouping different parts of a template into components and sections. This is not only a good model for breaking down an email&#039;s design, but is also effective when thinking about your email&#039;s content.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Defined modularity&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A component can be a button, or a title, for example, that can be dragged in when building an email. And a section is a collection of components and longer form copy that makes up a stackable container of an email’s base.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Saving content for reuse&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When building an email in the Blocks Edit editor, you have an option to &lt;a href=&quot;/help/editor/section-pin/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;pin sections&lt;/a&gt;. This allows saving content that you may use again in the future. Pinning a section allows you to give it a name and have it added to the left sidebar.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can also &lt;a href=&quot;/help/editor/using-layouts/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;save layouts&lt;/a&gt; of a collection of sections with content. Layouts work as a way to keep different email types to use as a starting point when working on a new email.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Maintaining template updates&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Each piece of content uses the current design and code from when it was saved. Any updates to the template code are considered design changes and do not get applied to any previously saved content, whether it’s an email, a saved layout, or a pinned section.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you need to apply changes to previously saved content, there is &lt;a href=&quot;/help/template-editor/template-updates-editor/&quot;&gt;an update option&lt;/a&gt; that allows template changes to essentially get transferred over by automatically rebuilding the content pieces.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Modular, saved content essentially adds a similar level of efficiency as a modular template adds efficiency to the reuse of design patterns. The two together makes for the perfect combination for your email’s design system.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;If you have any questions on these or any other Blocks Edit features, feel free to &lt;a href=&quot;/support/&quot;&gt;send us a message&lt;/a&gt;. And take a look through our &lt;a href=&quot;/help/&quot;&gt;help docs&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/new-klaviyo-integration</id>
		<published>2021-04-28T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/new-klaviyo-integration"/>
		<title>Blocks Edit update: Klaviyo integration</title>
		<summary>Use Blocks Edit with your Klaviyo ecommerce marketing solution.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/blocks-edit-klaviyo-intro.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Klaviyo and Blocks Edit&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Our latest integration is with the ecommerce marketing platform, &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.klaviyo.com&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Klaviyo&lt;/a&gt;. With it you can export the emails you build and edit in Blocks Edit directly to your Klaviyo account and not touch any of the code along the way.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Klaviyo is focused on businesses that sell online by connecting to your ecommerce platform to provide marketing tools and data you can use to further promote and grow your site. This allows seamlessly segmenting and personalizing your emails based on your customer&#039;s shopping preferences.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Once you&#039;ve setup the integration in Blocks Edit, you&#039;ll see Klaviyo as an option to export to for your email, as a &lt;strong&gt;source&lt;/strong&gt;. Just click &lt;strong&gt;Transfer&lt;/strong&gt; and a new template is created in your Klaviyo account of your email HTML. In Klaviyo, create your campaign, and when you get to the &lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt; step, use the &lt;strong&gt;Select Template&lt;/strong&gt; option and &lt;strong&gt;My Templates&lt;/strong&gt; to see the added template among your other templates.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;You can use the Klaviyo integration in Blocks Edit as of today. It also works in conjunction with external &lt;a href=&quot;https://blocksedit.com/integrations/&quot;&gt;asset sources&lt;/a&gt; for exporting your email’s images to. &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Sign up and get started with Blocks Edit for free&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/new-activecampaign-integration</id>
		<published>2021-03-03T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/new-activecampaign-integration"/>
		<title>Blocks Edit update: ActiveCampaign integration</title>
		<summary>Use Blocks Edit with your ActiveCampaign's automation and segmentation features.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/blocks-edit-activecampaign-intro.png&quot; alt=&quot;ActiveCampaign and Blocks Edit&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Blocks Edit now integrates with &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.activecampaign.com/email-marketing&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ActiveCampaign&lt;/a&gt;, so you can export your emails after editing them directly without having to touch code.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;ActiveCampaign is a great way to automate your emails and other marketing campaigns across different channels. Its segmentation tools and personalization options allow you to create lead funnels and manage triggers for emails based on engagement from your other channels.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After your integration is setup, you can just export your emails in Blocks Edit like you normally would. When given the option to export the HTML, make sure you have ActiveCampaign as your selected &lt;strong&gt;source&lt;/strong&gt; and click &lt;strong&gt;Transfer&lt;/strong&gt;. A new campaign will be added in your ActiveCampaign account as a draft with your email&#039;s HTML and settings, ready to send out.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;You can use the ActiveCampaign integration in Blocks Edit as of today. It also works in conjunction with external &lt;a href=&quot;https://blocksedit.com/integrations/&quot;&gt;asset sources&lt;/a&gt; for exporting your email’s images to. &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Sign up and get started with Blocks Edit for free&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/how-to-images</id>
		<published>2020-12-17T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/how-to-images"/>
		<title>How to: using images</title>
		<summary>Working with images in Blocks Edit easily and automating common tasks.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/images-blocks-edit-workflow.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshots of image options throughout Blocks Edit.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;Adding an integration, editing an image, and exporting.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Images for emails can get complicated. You need a host server for them. Placing an image in an email requires formatting your image, uploading it to your host, then getting its URL and placing it in the email.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It can be made easier if your email provider also hosts your images, but if you want to change email providers at some point, your images are &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/portable-assets/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;locked in with them&lt;/a&gt; so your images for emails that were sent get broken.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Blocks Edit allows you to &lt;em&gt;use your own host and automate the cumbersome process of getting an image formatted and placed in your email&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Connecting to your host&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The best way to host your email images is the same way you host your website’s images: on your web server, or using a content delivery network like AWS. Blocks Edit integrations allow you to connect to standard web servers via sFTP along with Amazon S3 and Google Cloud Storage CDN options.&lt;!-- You can even connect to your Salesforce Marketing Cloud assets. --&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To setup an integration, click on the integration icon at the top of your dashboard. You’ll see all the integration options available with an &lt;strong&gt;Add&lt;/strong&gt; button next to each one along with a link for setup instructions.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Adding in images&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Once your integration is setup for your image host, you can start building your email in the Blocks Edit editor and upload an image from your local computer, or browse your host to find one to use. Your editable template will have images pre-formatted to the right size and resolution. So you just click on a placeholder image, upload and crop your new image, and it gets automatically resized and compressed as needed.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Exporting for send off&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When you’re ready to export your email for sending, use the &lt;strong&gt;Export&lt;/strong&gt; option to transfer your images to your host and have URLs for them automatically updated in your HTML file. Then you can either also transfer your email’s HTML, download it, or copy it to your email provider, ready to send out.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Your email images workflow is easier, and you don’t have to worry about the technical aspects along the way!&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;You can take a look at all the integrations available and how they work &lt;a href=&quot;/integrations/&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/new-google-cloud-storage-integration</id>
		<published>2020-12-08T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/new-google-cloud-storage-integration"/>
		<title>Blocks Edit update: Google Cloud Storage integration</title>
		<summary>Use the Google Cloud Platform content delivery service with your emails.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/blocks-edit-google-cloud-storage-intro.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Google Cloud Storage and Blocks Edit&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Do you use the &lt;a href=&quot;https://cloud.google.com&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Google Cloud Platform&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;https://cloud.google.com/storage&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Google Cloud Storage&lt;/a&gt; for hosting marketing assets? You can now use our latest Blocks Edit integration to &lt;a href=&quot;/help/getting-started/using-google-cloud-storage-features/&quot;&gt;access and upload your email’s images with GCS&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The simple browser interface gives you direct access to your files while you build and edit your emails so you can import images directly from your storage bucket. And if you add new images to your email, you can export them to your bucket.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Images will be scaled and compressed according to template guidelines. And image URLs will get updated in your email’s code when you’re ready to export it. So you don’t have to worry about all the typical complications that come with adding images to an email. It’s all done for you in the background while you focus on making updates to your email.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;You can use the Google Cloud Storage integration in Blocks Edit as of today. You can even connect to multiple buckets, or to &lt;a href=&quot;/integrations/&quot;&gt;other platforms&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Sign up and get started for free&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/how-to-text-formatting</id>
		<published>2020-11-18T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/how-to-text-formatting"/>
		<title>How to: limiting text formatting options for better results</title>
		<summary>Text formatting options the Blocks Edit way.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/text-formatting-options.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;A bunch of text formatting interface options with a big red restricted icon over them.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;By default, Blocks Edit has two formatting options for text: bold and italic. There&#039;s no text alignment, no custom colors, no bullets. This is intentional, as we err on the side of sticking to a design&#039;s guidelines by limiting the ways that someone can potentially deviate from them.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This means that in order to allow for additional options, they have to be a part of the template. Here&#039;s the way we look at these additional formatting options and some recommendations for including them in your editable template.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Text alignment&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It seems like a simple thing to include for text options, but there are times when this can be overused. Think about the actual need of anything besides left-aligned text. There will probably be some good cases for centered text, but right-aligned would probably be unnecessary 99% percent of the time.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Blocks Edit approach to text alignment, in addition to left-aligned, is to add &lt;a href=&quot;/developer/components/#group&quot;&gt;variants&lt;/a&gt;, alternative design choices for specific content areas that would look good with different alignment properties. This also allows you to align elements like buttons that may require additional design and code tweaks.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Color options&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Having a bunch of color options, a color picker of some kind, or a custom color field, is always a recipe for disaster. From garish color choices being made, to too many colors being used throughout text, to deviating from brand and theme colors. It&#039;s never a good idea. The Blocks Edit approach is again, to add variants for areas where color alternatives may be appropriate.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;The general rule to follow is to use variants for specific purposes.&lt;/em&gt; You can even combine formatting options for a variant. For example, for a really important text area you can have a variant where the text is bolded, in red, and centered at the same time.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Bullets&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A way to offer bulleted lists is to make them &lt;a href=&quot;/developer/components/#component&quot;&gt;stand-alone components&lt;/a&gt; that can be dragged into parts of text where they&#039;re needed. This allows for various design options of your bullets that wouldn&#039;t normally be available as part of a standard WYSIWYG text option. You&#039;re also able to ensure your list design is coded to look good across email platforms. Using the &lt;a href=&quot;/developer/components/#region&quot;&gt;repeatable region&lt;/a&gt; option for the list items is how someone can add items to the list.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Linked text&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There is of course the option to add links to text which involves its own formatting. By default, linked text is underlined. To use a specific format for links, you can use &lt;a href=&quot;https://blocksedit.com/developer/content/#link-styles&quot;&gt;link styles&lt;/a&gt;. Just add a &lt;strong&gt;data-style&lt;/strong&gt; attribute with a unique variable name to an example formatted link in your template. This will add the link formatting as a variant when text links are added.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;For all the details on the editable tags to add for your template&#039;s text formatting options, along with other functionality, check out the &lt;a href=&quot;/developer/&quot;&gt;tags docs&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/dark-mode-decision</id>
		<published>2020-10-30T00:00:00Z</published>
		<updated>2022-05-27T00:00:00Z</updated>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/dark-mode-decision"/>
		<title>Turning to the dark mode</title>
		<summary>Should you make your email design dark mode compatible?</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/switching-to-dark-mode-iphone.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;A view of someone changing the dark mode settings on their mobile phone.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Dark mode was initially introduced for Macs (along with Apple Mail) a couple of years ago. It essentially turns the commonly light user interfaces to a dark version. Since then, it has been adapted the major mobile devices, browsers, and email clients. Besides its visual appeal for some people, dark mode is intended as an &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/accessibility-habit/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;accessibility feature&lt;/a&gt;, designed as a way to reduce eye strain from staring at our screens all day.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Should you implement dark mode for your email design? Let&#039;s first take a look at what&#039;s involved in the implementation and how it affects your email&#039;s design.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&quot;Besides its visual appeal for some people, dark mode is intended as an accessibility feature, designed as a way to reduce eye strain from staring at our screens all day.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22Besides%20its%20visual%20appeal%20for%20some%20people,%20dark%20mode%20is%20intended%20as%20an%20accessibility%20feature,%20designed%20as%20a%20way%20to%20reduce%20eye%20strain%20from%20staring%20at%20our%20screens%20all%20day.%22%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/dark-mode-decision/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Dark mode definitions&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Implementing dark mode works similar to the way media queries work for mobile adjustments:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;language-css&quot;&gt;@media (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { }&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are also added meta tags to let platforms know that your email supports dark mode as an option:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;window language-html&quot;&gt;&lt;meta name=&quot;color-scheme&quot; content=&quot;light dark&quot;&gt;&lt;!--
&lt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;meta&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;name&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;supported-color-schemes&quot;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;content&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;light dark&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&gt;
--&gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Along with CSS that can be helpful as well:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;window language-css&quot;&gt;:root {
  color-scheme: light dark;&lt;!--
&lt;span class=&quot;indent&quot;&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;supported-color-schemes&lt;/span&gt;: &lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;light dark&lt;/span&gt;;&lt;br/&gt;
--&gt;
}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This is where you would specify which versions of your email are available. Note that some email clients, like Outlook and Gmail, force dark mode by automatically inverting background colors and text and ignore these declarations.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Dark mode design&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It shouldn’t be just about inverting a white background to black, and black text to white. The goal to keep in mind is to reduce eye strain. And there are different ways to do that:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Reduce color contrast&lt;/strong&gt; - when inverting, avoid using absolute white text on an absolute black background, use shades of each for a softer look. If you decide not to invert your white background, look at making it a light shade of grey to make the screen’s brightness appear softer.&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enhance the reading experience&lt;/strong&gt; - keep in mind proper font sizing, weight, and color in the context of dark mode. Text should be a little thinner for a darker background, but not too thin of course.&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Images look different&lt;/strong&gt; - consider decreasing the brightness and contrast to make images less jarring on a dark background, and more comfortable on the eyes.&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Graphics considerations&lt;/strong&gt; - include dark versions for transparent graphics, like your logo. And for the regular version, add an outline around dark text as a backup for platforms that force inverted colors. Or, you can just remove the background from being transparent.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Obviously, the potentially drastic color shift can affect design considerably. You&#039;ll need to consider whether it works with your current design aesthetic and branding and which of the above makes sense to implement.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&quot;It shouldn’t be just about inverting a white background to black, and black text to white. The goal to keep in mind is to reduce eye strain.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22It%20shouldn&#039;t%20be%20just%20about%20inverting%20a%20white%20background%20to%20black,%20and%20black%20text%20to%20white.%20The%20goal%20to%20keep%20in%20mind%20is%20to%20reduce%20eye%20strain.%22%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/dark-mode-decision/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Dark mode decision&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To decide on dark mode, it helps to put it into proper context in relation to your design. How does it fit into your other accessibility considerations? Does it make sense to your organization&#039;s brand? Would it enhance your audience&#039;s experience with your emails?&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;If you decide to implement dark mode into your email templates, you can now &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/new-dark-mode/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;preview and build&lt;/a&gt; your emails in dark mode using Blocks Edit. And you can take a look at our updated &lt;a href=&quot;/starter-email-template/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Starter template&lt;/a&gt; for an example of dark mode code.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/new-dark-mode</id>
		<published>2020-10-28T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/new-dark-mode"/>
		<title>Blocks Edit update: dark mode preview and editing</title>
		<summary>View and edit your emails in dark mode.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/blocks-edit-email-dark-mode-feature.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshot of Blocks Edit in light and dark modes.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/dark-mode-decision/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Have you decided&lt;/a&gt; to take your email template to the dark mode? You can now preview and edit content in Blocks Edit in dark mode, without having your system or browser settings set to dark mode.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/blocks-edit-dark-mode-email.gif&quot; alt=&quot;Switching to dark mode in Blocks Edit&quot; style=&quot;box-shadow: 0 4px 12px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.15); border-radius: 2px; width: 100%; height: auto; object-fit: cover;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After importing your template, you will now see an added option on the left after desktop and mobile views to switch from the default light mode to your email&#039;s dark mode styling settings. You will only see the option if your template has dark mode code and uses the &lt;code class=&quot;language-css&quot;&gt;prefers-color-scheme&lt;/code&gt; media query.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can both preview and edit your content as you normally would with the option on, including in the mobile view.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Want to try it out for yourself? &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Sign up&lt;/a&gt; and import your template for free!&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/accessibility-habit</id>
		<published>2020-09-30T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/accessibility-habit"/>
		<title>Making accessibility a habit</title>
		<summary>Accessibility in email design doesn’t have to be an arduous task.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/accessibility-design-code.png&quot; alt=&quot;Abstract illustration of accessibility aspects for sight and hearing.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;We all understand the importance of accessibility. About 15% of the world’s population lives with some degree of disability, and 10% of the world’s population have some form of visual impairment. Everyone should be able to read the emails we send out. And there are &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.w3.org/TR/WCAG/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;standards we can follow&lt;/a&gt; for making our emails more accessible. And, they may not be as difficult to implement as you think!&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&quot;About 15% of the world’s population lives with some degree of disability, and 10% of the world’s population have some form of visual impairment. Everyone should be able to read the emails we send out.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22About%2015%25%20of%20the%20world&#039;s%20population%20lives%20with%20some%20degree%20of%20disability,%20and%2010%25%20of%20the%20world&#039;s%20population%20have%20some%20form%20of%20visual%20impairment.%20Everyone%20should%20be%20able%20to%20read%20the%20emails%20we%20send%20out.%22%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/accessibility-habit/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Design rule: is it easy to read?&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This should be the one question that permeates through all aspects of your email’s design and can be accomplished the following ways:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Font size should be at least 14px in size, with lengthier chunks of text recommended at 16px&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Stick to standard type faces and font weights&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Break up content and include proper spacing&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Make sure links are clearly indicated&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Ensure legible color contrast&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Having a good contrast ratio means the background and foreground colors can be easily distinguished from each other. For example, black text on a white background offers the best color contrast ratio of 21:1, for the easiest legibility. To meet standards requirements, the minimum contrast ratio should be 7:1 for normal text, and 4.5:1 for large text. &lt;a href=&quot;https://contrast-ratio.com&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Here’s a tool&lt;/a&gt; you can use to test your colors.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&quot;Is it easy to read? This should be the one question that permeates through all aspects of your email’s design.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22Is%20it%20easy%20to%20read?%20This%20should%20be%20the%20one%20question%20that%20permeates%20through%20all%20aspects%20of%20your%20email&#039;s%20design.%22%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/accessibility-habit/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Coding rule: keep in mind semantics&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Making your code semantic means giving parts of it meaning so tools for people with disabilities can reference content correctly:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Set a &lt;code class=&quot;language-html&quot;&gt;role=&quot;presentation&quot;&lt;/code&gt; on tables you use for design purposes&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Use headers for titles (&lt;code class=&quot;language-html&quot;&gt;h1&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code class=&quot;language-html&quot;&gt;h2&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code class=&quot;language-html&quot;&gt;h3&lt;/code&gt;, etc)&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Use &lt;code class=&quot;language-html&quot;&gt;p&lt;/code&gt; tag for paragraph text&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Make sure the &lt;code class=&quot;language-html&quot;&gt;lang&lt;/code&gt; attribute is set&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Encode any special characters&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;And most importantly: include &lt;code class=&quot;language-html&quot;&gt;alt&lt;/code&gt; attribute text for all images. The text should be descriptive, but not too long, with each photo or graphic containing unique descriptions. If appropriate, leave the attribute blank instead of removing it completely. Since some email clients block images from being loaded, you can also look at styling your text where possible to make it easier to read when images are turned off.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.accessible-email.org&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Here’s another tool&lt;/a&gt; to check your email code for all of these accessibility features.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The more you practice these techniques, the easier things get, until it becomes a part of your regular workflow.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;We’ve updated our &lt;a href=&quot;/email-template-guide/&quot;&gt;email template guide&lt;/a&gt; with accessibility callouts for both design and code, with checklists you can refer to.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/free-solo-plan</id>
		<published>2020-08-18T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/free-solo-plan"/>
		<title>Blocks Edit now free for solo use</title>
		<summary>Free single-user plan, $99/month for teams, with no user limit, plus 30 day trial.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/solo-team-pricing.png&quot; alt=&quot;Blocks Edit pricing with free solo option.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;We’ve just made our single-user version of Blocks Edit &lt;a href=&quot;/pricing/&quot;&gt;free&lt;/a&gt;. It includes all editing features along with sharing and exporting. With no limits on templates used or emails built.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you want to bring your team in, it’s now just $99/month with no user limit. And, you can give it a try for 30 days before deciding to pay.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Making it easier&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We think Blocks Edit is the easiest way to build and edit your custom-branded emails and we decided to make our pricing just as straightforward.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Whether you currently have a template you’re working with, or have been looking to try using one for your emails, Blocks Edit is completely flexible and works around your template code to add any &lt;a href=&quot;/features/&quot;&gt;editing features&lt;/a&gt; you need.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Better editing, better emails&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Last month we released an upgraded editor, rebuilt from the ground up to work faster and more intuitively. Our goal is to make Blocks Edit as accessible as possible, so anyone can build the best quality email campaigns.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Our template setup is also a part of what makes it simple with our HTML tagging model that allows you to &lt;a href=&quot;/implementation/&quot;&gt;add editing&lt;/a&gt; capabilities to your template in as little as 5 minutes. From inline editing of text and images to drag and drop components.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;A true point and click editor. Easy template setup. A free for life plan. All you have to do is &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;sign up for your account&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/email-design-system-thoughts</id>
		<published>2020-07-22T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/email-design-system-thoughts"/>
		<title>An email design system for your thoughts</title>
		<summary>Using a design system helps you better analyze your emails, streamline production, and iterate on strategy for your campaigns.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/design-system-molecules.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Abstract illustration showing two people holding a molecular structure with website-related icons on each molecule.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The concept of a design system came out of building websites and designing apps. It started as essentially a style guide for common design patterns in order to keep a growing website or evolving product looking consistent. It eventually went on to include brand materials, copy guidelines, and code. And because all of these same aspects apply to email design, it makes sense to use a design system for your email templates as well.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Decisions and documentation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;At the heart of a design system is the need for consistency and efficiency in campaigns. Starting with &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/branding-in-email/&quot;&gt;branding&lt;/a&gt; and referencing current available assets. And taking into account a &lt;a href=&quot;/email-template-guide/&quot;&gt;modular design approach&lt;/a&gt;. As solutions and elements are added to the design system, there will be less design decisions that will need to be made. A design system for your email campaigns can be an extension of your current documentation and help align creatives across marketing mediums.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&quot;As elements and solutions are added to the design system, there will be less design decisions that will need to be made.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22As%20elements%20and%20solutions%20are%20added%20to%20the%20design%20system,%20there%20will%20be%20less%20design%20decisions%20that%20will%20need%20to%20be%20made.%22%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/email-design-system-thoughts/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Creative constraints&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A design system helps define a process for developing a campaign. It sets up a foundation and highlights limits to work within. This however, doesn’t mean you can’t be creative within those barriers. Knowing and understanding your constraints can in fact allow you to be more creative. After all, there is &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/email-marketing-possibilities/&quot;&gt;no such thing as an unlimited canvas&lt;/a&gt;. A good design system includes the “why” and “how” of decisions made: “How and when to use this?”, “When to avoid it?”, “How does it fit into the system?”, “What’s the rationale behind it?”&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&quot;A good design system includes the &#039;why&#039; and &#039;how&#039; of decisions made: &#039;How and when to use this?&#039;, &#039;When to avoid it?&#039;, &#039;How does it fit into the system?&#039;, &#039;What&#039;s the rationale behind it?&#039;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22A%20good%20design%20system%20includes%20the%20&#039;why&#039;%20and%20&#039;how&#039;%20of%20decisions%20made:%20&#039;How%20and%20when%20to%20use%20this?&#039;,%20&#039;When%20to%20avoid%20it?&#039;,%20&#039;How%20does%20it%20fit%20into%20the%20system?&#039;,%20&#039;What&#039;s%20the%20rationale%20behind%20it?&#039;%22%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/email-design-system-thoughts/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Collaboration and iteration&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Having a design system in place allows teams to better collaborate, with a resource to refer to when starting a new campaign. Even better, putting the thinking behind your email’s design out there for others to see and comment on leads to new ideas and evolves your email strategy. And it encourages regular analyzing of the problems your emails are trying to solve.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;To see if an email design system is right for you and your organization, and find out how to get started check out &lt;a href=&quot;/email-design-system/&quot;&gt;our latest guide&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/how-to-export-share</id>
		<published>2020-06-24T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/how-to-export-share"/>
		<title>How to: sharing and exporting workflows</title>
		<summary>Sharing during editing and review, and how export options work in Blocks Edit.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/blocks-edit-exporting-sharing.png&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshot of the sharing and exporting process in the Blocks Edit editor.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;Examples of share and export modals.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The standard Blocks Edit collaboration workflow starts with inviting people to build and edit emails from a template. During the edits and review stage, you can additionally share with others that are not editors. And when exporting, &lt;a href=&quot;/integrations/&quot;&gt;integrations&lt;/a&gt; help you directly upload your assets where they need to go, or you can just download them.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Inviting people to collaborate&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/how-to-template-reuse/&quot;&gt;importing your template&lt;/a&gt;, you can invite anyone to contribute to building emails from it. By default, inviting them to a template using the &lt;strong&gt;Invite/remove editors&lt;/strong&gt; option under a template, gives them an editor role for that template. This role allows them to manage, build, and edit individual emails.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can bring them in as an admin from the organization screen by clicking on your profile in the upper right and then your organization account. If you are an owner or an admin, you&#039;ll see an option to add another admin. Admins can make updates to a template, or manage integrations for it.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Sharing during review&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As you&#039;re working on an email, there are a couple of ways to share it with someone else for review. And this can be done without requiring them to be a part of the editing team.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the editor, click &lt;strong&gt;Share&lt;/strong&gt; in the upper right. Or from the dashboard, look for the share icon on the right of an email. A modal will come up to either copy a private email preview link, or to send a test email. You can also download a PDF version of the email as well.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Exporting for send-off&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When an email is ready to send, there are several export options:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;If you haven&#039;t added any images, or have set URLs for them during editing, you can just download or copy your HTML code&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;If you&#039;ve uploaded images, you will be given the option to set a global URL for your images to point to, and then the option to download both your HTML and modified images&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;If you have an asset source integration set up like &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/new-integrations-ftp-sftp/&quot;&gt;FTP, &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/new-amazon-web-services-s3-integration/&quot;&gt;Amazon S3&lt;/a&gt;, or &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/new-salesforce-marketing-cloud-integration/&quot;&gt;Salesforce Marketing Cloud&lt;/a&gt;, you can export modified images to those sources and image URLs are dynamically generated and updated in the HTML code; you can then download/copy your code, or also export to an asset source&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A modal depending on your settings will come up when clicking the &lt;strong&gt;Export&lt;/strong&gt; option in the upper right.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;If you have any questions on these or any other Blocks Edit features, feel free to &lt;a href=&quot;/support/&quot;&gt;send us a message&lt;/a&gt;. And take a look through our &lt;a href=&quot;/help/&quot;&gt;help docs&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/how-to-dev-workflow</id>
		<published>2020-06-17T00:00:00Z</published>
		<updated>2022-03-22T00:00:00Z</updated>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/how-to-dev-workflow"/>
		<title>How to: using editable tags in your dev workflow</title>
		<summary>How Blocks Edit editable tags fit into any email development workflow.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/ideo-code-example.png&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshot of example code with Blocks Edit tags highlighted.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;a href=&quot;/developer/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit tags&lt;/a&gt; to make your content editable is done by adding classes, styles, and attributes to your HTML code. This works with your current email development workflow, with minimal code addition that doesn&#039;t mess with the rendering of your current HTML code.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;HTML classes&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Adding &lt;code class=&quot;language-html&quot;&gt;class=&quot;block-edit&quot;&lt;/code&gt; makes text and images editable. &lt;code class=&quot;language-html&quot;&gt;class=&quot;block-section&quot;&lt;/code&gt; will turn the container you add it on and its contents into a stackable module that can be dragged and dropped in. &lt;code class=&quot;language-html&quot;&gt;class=&quot;block-component&quot;&lt;/code&gt; allows adding standalone drag and drop elements that go within the stackable modules.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Or, CSS styles&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, instead of classes, or even in conjunction with them, you can use inline styles. Like the corresponding classes above: &lt;code class=&quot;language-css&quot;&gt;-block-edit: true&lt;/code&gt; for text and images, &lt;code class=&quot;language-css&quot;&gt;-block-section: true&lt;/code&gt; to turn an area into a stackable module, and &lt;code class=&quot;language-css&quot;&gt;-block-component: true&lt;/code&gt; for standalone elements.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This can be extended to a workflow that requires outputting compiled HTML code, where your CSS may start in a separate file, for example. Whether it&#039;s based on your own custom workflow, or part of a framework &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/how-to-mjml/&quot;&gt;like MJML&lt;/a&gt;. Basically, anywhere you keep your CSS styles, you can add BE editable styles to go with them!&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Advanced functionality&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Among the advanced features: &lt;a href=&quot;/developer/components/#repeat&quot;&gt;repeatable regions&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;/developer/content/#background&quot;&gt;background images&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;/developer/dev-features/#editing-code&quot;&gt;custom code snippets&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href=&quot;/developer/content/#link-styles&quot;&gt;link styles&lt;/a&gt;. Attributes can be used as a way to &lt;a href=&quot;/developer/groups/&quot;&gt;group&lt;/a&gt; section and component variants: &lt;code class=&quot;language-html&quot;&gt;data-group=&quot;&lt;em&gt;variable-name&lt;/em&gt;&quot;&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The simplicity of the tagging approach makes it easy to maintain any future updates to your template. And you can do so with the flexibility of working around your code, and without creating code bloat in the process.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;If you have any questions on Blocks Edit tags implementation within your code, &lt;a href=&quot;/support/&quot;&gt;send us a message&lt;/a&gt;. And keep an eye on our &lt;a href=&quot;/developer/&quot;&gt;tags docs&lt;/a&gt; for added helpful details and examples.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/distributed-marketing-benefits</id>
		<published>2020-04-07T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/distributed-marketing-benefits"/>
		<title>The benefits of distributed teams for marketing creatives</title>
		<summary>A centralized or decentralized marketing structure? How about both!</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/distributed-teams.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Abstract illustration of distributed teams.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Generally, there are three types of marketing team structures: a centralized marketing team has a department that has full control of marketing campaigns, making sure they are consistent in message. A decentralized team allows each department to participate in marketing efforts. The third is a distributed team, basically a combination of the two, where there is a central team that works on creatives with other teams using them and customizing for their needs.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Which structure works best?&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are pros to all three kinds of teams:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Centralized&lt;/strong&gt; means greater creative control over all aspects of campaigns, for a better understanding of the overall customer journey.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Decentralized&lt;/strong&gt; allows an organization to be more holistic in giving creative control to all teams who more closely interact with customers.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Distributed&lt;/strong&gt; maintains centralized creative control while giving a chance for other teams to add their customer experiences to the mix.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While it comes down to what works best for your type of organization, you can start to see why the distributed approach makes a lot of sense as it combines the pros of both centralized and decentralized structures. And why it’s become a preferred method for many organizations. It gives the entire organization an opportunity to be involved in an aspect of marketing. If one of the goals of marketing is to better-understand customers, this is a good way to do that.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&quot;It gives the entire organization an opportunity to be involved in an aspect of marketing. If one of the goals of marketing is to better-understand customers, this is a good way to do that.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22It%20gives%20the%20entire%20organization%20an%20opportunity%20to%20be%20involved%20in%20an%20aspect%20of%20marketing.%20If%20one%20of%20the%20goals%20of%20marketing%20is%20to%20better-understand%20customers,%20this%20is%20a%20good%20way%20to%20do%20that.%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/distributed-marketing-benefits/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Holistic marketing in practice&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In a distributed structure, there is essentially a shared services unit that provides creatives support for other teams. Campaigns are regularly produced, but it becomes a more collaborative effort as feedback on assets is gathered from other teams. It maintains brand consistency while including useful information organization-wide to take into consideration when creating and updating creative campaigns.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the process, patterns are found, and you’re able to systemize your assets and the way teams work together. You can divide your &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/email-marketing-workflow/&quot;&gt;martech stack of tools&lt;/a&gt; between what’s used centrally, and what’s used throughout the organization. And you can set guardrails and include guidelines for how your assets are used to ensure brand integrity. Email content is a good example of this: getting the proper subject matter copy and right imagery placed in an email can all be streamlined with a &lt;a href=&quot;/email-template-guide/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;standardized master template&lt;/a&gt; for team members to use.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Improved collaboration&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Using modular workflows and assets is not only more efficient, but leads to better quality. It allows for a &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/specialized-workflow/&quot;&gt;specialized workflow&lt;/a&gt; involving the right people contributing to each specific piece of the greater whole.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It also encourages teams to work asynchronously, where they submit updates to projects on their own time, so there are fewer unnecessary meetings, calls, or other disruptive forms of chat. And this helps remote team members and contractors as they are able to follow work that’s logged within the project management tools used.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The distributed approach done well involves setting up and following systems. Systems that lead to more streamlined collaboration, which in turn allows for more individual creativity that further evolves those systems.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&quot;The distributed approach done well involves setting up and following systems. Systems that lead to more streamlined collaboration, which in turn allows for more individual creativity that further evolves those systems.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22The%20distributed%20approach%20done%20well%20involves%20setting%20up%20and%20following%20systems.%20Systems%20that%20lead%20to%20more%20streamlined%20collaboration,%20which%20in%20urn%20allows%20for%20more%20individual%20creativity%20that%20further%20evolves%20those%20systems.%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/distributed-marketing-benefits/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;For building your email campaign, we’ve taken the benefits of a distributed workflow with &lt;a href=&quot;/how-it-works/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit&lt;/a&gt;. Use your modular email templates created by your creative team and allow anyone on the team to build and edit emails using a visual editor. It’s an efficient and flexible way to create and review email campaigns in the dynamic structure of your teams.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/working-remotely</id>
		<published>2020-03-25T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/working-remotely"/>
		<title>Thoughts on working remotely</title>
		<summary>10 tips on working from home: being productive and staying sane.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/home-office.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Photo of a home office setup.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;My current work space setup at home.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;We work remotely at Blocks Edit. I’ve been working remotely on and off for the past 12+ years. Most of the time from home. If you find yourself having to work from home unexpectedly, or even if you have been doing it for a while, here are some tips on making the best of it.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Learn how you prefer to work&lt;/strong&gt; - pay attention to how you do things and what works best for your personality. I’ve put together &lt;a href=&quot;https://ovidem.com/thinking/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;a guide to maintaining focus&lt;/a&gt; that comes from years of figuring out how to do things in a way that&#039;s productive and less stressful.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Develop a routine&lt;/strong&gt; - a morning routine. A day-to-day routine of how you manage your tasks. How you have lunch and take breaks. Forming habits will allow you to slide in and out of work mode easily.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Get dressed in something else besides your pajamas&lt;/strong&gt; - it’s fun at first but gets old. It doesn’t have to be a suit but something comfortable to wear during the day is good. It becomes part of your routine to help get into work mode.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Have a dedicated work space&lt;/strong&gt; - either a desk somewhere, or a room/office where your environment triggers your work mindset.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Invest in a good chair&lt;/strong&gt; - I paid $800 for my last one but it lasted me 13 years. I recently got another one for $1200 which is even better than my last one (the &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.hermanmiller.com/products/seating/office-chairs/aeron-chairs/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Aeron from Herman Miller&lt;/a&gt;). It&#039;s comfortable and maintains good back support throughout the day. If you&#039;re going to sit for extended periods of time, sit well.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;!--
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure out the top two things to do for the day&lt;/strong&gt; - maybe while taking a shower in the morning. Accomplish those two things as the important items that lead towards your goals and then do whatever else needs to get done.&lt;/li&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;!--
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Divide time for managing tasks vs doing meaningful work&lt;/strong&gt; - respond to communications for part of your day, and have uninterrupted work flow time set aside.&lt;/li&gt;
--&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Set boundaries&lt;/strong&gt; - I work by myself, but if you have other people in a household, be sure to also communicate and plan how you interact with each other throughout a given work day.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Get used to asynchronous communication&lt;/strong&gt; - meaning you don&#039;t expect an answer right away. This is usually email, but it also means using a project management tool where you write up something and wait for feedback. It provides a record of work that anyone on your team can refer to if they need to. The one tool I always recommend is &lt;a href=&quot;https://basecamp.com&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Basecamp&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stay active&lt;/strong&gt; - get up from your chair at least every hour. During a lunch break consider going for a walk, a place for lunch. Try to get some exercise in during the day. Sitting for too long, or even standing can both be equally unhealthy. It&#039;s about moving your body.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Get some form of socializing in&lt;/strong&gt; - consider finding an online chat channel as a water cooler for interacting with other like-minded people (mine is usually the &lt;a href=&quot;https://email.geeks.chat&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;#emailgeeks Slack&lt;/a&gt;). Text someone to say hello. Have lunch with a friend.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Listen to music in the background&lt;/strong&gt; - if you enjoy music of course, otherwise, quiet is always good too. Avoid songs with lyrics to better-focus. Consider classical, jazz, or electronic music.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The guys at Basecamp recently did a &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.pscp.tv/w/1MYGNkzzNpXJw&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;web chat&lt;/a&gt; where they answered questions about working remotely including what you should do if you are a manager. They also have a book, written a few years ago, appropriately titled &lt;a href=&quot;https://basecamp.com/books/remote&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Remote&lt;/a&gt; that&#039;s worth checking out.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;/features/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit visual editor&lt;/a&gt; was designed for remote work by allowing for both autonomy and collaboration in your email production workflow.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/clarity-in-messaging</id>
		<published>2020-03-10T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/clarity-in-messaging"/>
		<title>Clarity in messaging</title>
		<summary>How to stay on brand, hone your content craft, and make your writing memorable.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/sharing-an-idea.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Photo of a hand holding a light bulb.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Digital marketing is now all about content. All marketing and sales books point to producing content as the most effective promotion method. It’s because at the end of the day, content means communication. Our audience wants good, valuable information, and providing it in a clear way is what leads to growing our audience, and gaining new customers.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;But with so much information available to everyone, how do you make sure your message is not only relevant, but resonates in your audience&#039;s hearts and minds?&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Discovering your talking points&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It all starts with having an overall message. Messaging strategy is tied to &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/branding-in-email/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;branding and positioning&lt;/a&gt;. You create a brand around your product or service. Then you work on positioning, or how you differentiate yourself in your market. And how you talk about your unique offering and way of doing things. Three key ways to get there are with your Why, What, and How:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Why:&lt;/strong&gt; your story, why are you doing what you’re doing&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;What:&lt;/strong&gt; the problems you are solving&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;How:&lt;/strong&gt; what you do differently than others&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Your why shows your audience the passion for your work. Your What lets them know if you are a good fit for what they need. And your How provides a blueprint to match your audience’s blueprint for how they prefer to do things. Your answers serve as guidelines for what all of your content should be about. Everything you write will touch on each of these. Or, a couple of them. Or even better, all three.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
  &lt;p&gt;“Your why shows your audience the passion for your work. Your What lets them know if you are a good fit for what they need. And your How provides a blueprint to match your audience’s blueprint for how they prefer to do things. ”&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
  &lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22Your%20why%20shows%20your%20audience%20the%20passion%20for%20your%20work.%20Your%20What%20lets%20them%20know%20if%20you%20are%20a%20good%20fit%20for%20what%20they%20need.%20And%20your%20How%20provides%20a%20blueprint%20to%20match%20your%20audience’s%20blueprint%20for%20how%20they%20prefer%20to%20do%20things.%22%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/clarity-in-messaging/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Writing your content&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Now you have ideas around your product or service that you want to start talking about. Here are three key things to ensure that your copy is well-written:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tell a story:&lt;/strong&gt; write conversationally&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Be engaging:&lt;/strong&gt; develop a voice and craft writing that moves&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Keep it succinct:&lt;/strong&gt; half of the work of good writing is editing and revising&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Practice writing regularly and you’ll develop a habit for it. Study writing by others and keep learning to improve your own writing. Email is &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/interactive-messaging/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;naturally conversational&lt;/a&gt;, so write marketing emails the same way. Keep in mind visuals to use along with your writing.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
  &lt;p&gt;“Email is naturally conversational, so write marketing emails the same way.”&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
  &lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22Email%20is%20naturally%20conversational,%20so write marketing%20emails%20the%20same%20way.%22%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/clarity-in-messaging/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Replicating results&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You know what you want to talk about and you know how to do it. The last part is doing it effectively. And these are the three key things needed for strategic writing:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Be consistent:&lt;/strong&gt; utilize your brand messaging and your key talking points in every kind of marketing campaign&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Align each written piece on a single goal:&lt;/strong&gt; Who is it for? How should they feel? What should they do?&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Consider the entire customer journey:&lt;/strong&gt; provide a clear pathway for customers to follow; think about the cues that prompt action&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Every email, blog post, article you write should have your brand values embedded in. It should have an audience in mind and what your goal is for them in reading your content. And from email, to landing page, to sale, there should be a defined path for them to follow if they choose to do so.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
  &lt;p&gt;“Every email, blog post, article you write should have your brand values embedded in.”&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
  &lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22Every%20email,%20blog%20post,%20article%20you%20write%20should%20have%20your%20brand%20values%20embedded%20in.%22%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/clarity-in-messaging/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;blockquote&gt;
  &lt;p&gt;“By writing that works, I mean writing that does the job it’s supposed to do, whether that job is to inform, entertain, sadden, anger, or instruct.”&lt;/p&gt;
  &lt;cite&gt;— Gary Provost, Make Every Word Count&lt;/cite&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;!-- Having your brand messaging defined, practicing good writing skills, and having a strategy for each piece that you write is what leads to message clarity. --&gt;Following the guidelines you create at the beginning feel like limitations. But over time, as you develop your writing muscle and become more ingrained in the goal of your content, you&#039;ll find that they make your writing easier and clearer. The more you dive in, the more opportunities you find for what to write about next.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;/features/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit visual editor&lt;/a&gt; allows you drag and drop to build your marketing campaign from a custom template, and fill in content, as you&#039;re writing it.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/how-to-template-reuse</id>
		<published>2020-01-02T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/how-to-template-reuse"/>
		<title>How to: building a template for reuse</title>
		<summary>The email template design system model in Blocks Edit.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/template-heirarchy.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Diagram of the template, email, layout hierarchy in Blocks Edit.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;When designing (or looking for) an HTML template to use for your emails, you should keep in mind having a single template file for all the types of modules you plan to have across your emails. Making this “master template” &lt;a href=&quot;/email-template-guide/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;design system&lt;/a&gt; editable in Blocks Edit is what will allow you to reuse your template to build all of your emails.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Working with your master template&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;First, you need to make your template editable, either via importing your HTML and using &lt;a href=&quot;/help/template-editor/&quot;&gt;the visual template editor&lt;/a&gt;, or by adding editable tags within your code and then importing it. You can preview the template&#039;s full functionality and make updates by clicking on the edit icon next to your template&#039;s title.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the template view, you can see all of your template components and interact with them to see how everything works. As you come up with ways to refine the template’s functionality, you can use the &lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt; button to make updates with the visual editor, or use the &lt;strong&gt;Import new version&lt;/strong&gt; option to upload updated code.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Save commonly-used layouts&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Having tested your template’s functionality, you can create and start building new emails using sections and components. As you start organizing your content, you may decide that there are different “sub-templates” for different categories of emails that you&#039;d like to be able to reuse based on the combination of layout pieces you used.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can save these sub-templates using the layouts feature which can be accessed in the left sidebar of the editor. Clicking the &lt;strong&gt;Save Layout&lt;/strong&gt; button in the sidebar will prompt you to give your layout a name and it will save a screenshot to go with it as it gets added to the sidebar. Anyone that creates a new email will see the saved layouts to choose from to start out their email with (or just start from scratch). They can also save additional layouts themselves for others to use.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Duplicate emails&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you find that a previous email works as a good starting point for a new one, there is also an option to duplicate a current email from the dashboard.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Over time, the hierarchy of master template, layouts, and an archive of emails turns into a straightforward process for building your emails, where you no longer have to worry about starting from scratch each time a new campaign needs to go out, and can quickly put together an email.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;If you have any questions on making your template editable, check out the &lt;a href=&quot;/help/template-editor/&quot;&gt;help docs&lt;/a&gt;. Or, &lt;a href=&quot;/contact/&quot;&gt;send us a message&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/fundamentals-of-email-content</id>
		<published>2019-12-10T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/fundamentals-of-email-content"/>
		<title>The fundamentals of email content production</title>
		<summary>Like email being around for a long-time to come, so will these fundamentals.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/stacking-blocks.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Various wodden blocks being stacked on top of each other by someone&#039;s hand, forming stairs going up.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;This past year, email marketing has gotten some mainstream attention. Yes, some of it was to remind us that it&#039;s not going away anytime soon. But more importantly, it&#039;s being recognized for &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wsj.com/articles/the-hot-new-channel-for-reaching-real-people-email-11547874005&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;being a key way to reach people&lt;/a&gt;. And beyond that, I would say it&#039;s also being seen as a fundamental component to any marketing done. Which makes sense, because it is the clearest way to talk to your customers.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;And at the heart of what makes that communication work is the content. So in talking fundamentals, what are the essential aspects to producing great content?&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Branding and design&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It starts with a focus on &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/branding-in-email/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;utilizing your brand&lt;/a&gt;. Good email design is a balance of making your campaign visually engaging, and functional in its messaging goal. And doing it consistently by &lt;a href=&quot;/email-template-guide/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;developing a system&lt;/a&gt; that ensures the greatest overall quality. That&#039;s what leads to engagement and ultimate action.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Good email design is a balance of making your campaign visually engaging, and functional in its messaging goal.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
  &lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22Good%20email%20design%20is%20a%20balance%20of%20making%20your%20campaign%20visually%20engaging,%20and%20functional%20in%20its%20messaging%20goal.%22%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/fundamentals-of-email-content/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Collaboration and workflow&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When it comes to putting together your campaign, paying attention to how tasks are divided between your team &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/specialized-workflow/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;allows each person to work on what they’re best at&lt;/a&gt;. It also provides a sense of clarity towards the goal of producing quality content. It gives your team the space to hone in on the fundamentals of their own work. The way people work better when specializing, your team&#039;s toolset should also be made of &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/email-marketing-workflow/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;specialized products&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
  &lt;p&gt;&quot;The way people work better when specializing, your team&#039;s toolset should also be made of specialized products.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
  &lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22The%20way%20people%20work%20better%20when%20specializing,%20your%20team&#039;s%20toolset%20should%20also%20be%20made%20of%20specialized%20products.%22%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/fundamentals-of-email-content/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Assets and management&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Managing the tools you work with, as well as your brand assets, requires your own custom workflow. Your tools should work the way you prefer to do things, following your organization&#039;s unique way of doing what it does. And you should &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/portable-assets/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;have complete control over your assets&lt;/a&gt; without being locked into any tool or platform. This allows you to change parts of your workflow as needed without the process being a huge potential burden.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Your tools should work the way you prefer to do things, following your organization&#039;s unique way of doing what it does.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
  &lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22Your%20tools%20should%20work%20the%20way%20you%20prefer%20to%20do%20things,%20following%20your%20organization&#039;s%20unique%20way%20of%20doing%20what%20it%20does.%22%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/fundamentals-of-email-content/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;p&gt;We think about fundamentals a lot at Blocks Edit since our editor is essentially a framework for you to decide how you want to edit your emails in a way that aligns with your current workflow. From &lt;a href=&quot;/implementation/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;how you develop your template&lt;/a&gt;, to &lt;a href=&quot;/integrations/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;how you manage your assets&lt;/a&gt;, you can customize the entire experience for your particular way of doing things.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The reason fundamentals work is because they have been, and will continue to be around for a long time, just like email. Being mindful of them, and being deliberate about putting them into practice regularly is what leads to great results.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Our visual editor, &lt;a href=&quot;/how-it-works/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit&lt;/a&gt;, was built around these fundamentals. And it&#039;s completely &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;free to setup&lt;/a&gt; your own custom HTML template and start using.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/new-single-sign-on-integration</id>
		<published>2019-12-02T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/new-single-sign-on-integration"/>
		<title>Blocks Edit update: Single sign-on integration</title>
		<summary>For organizations that use a single sign-on solution for their team's account management.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/single-sign-on.png&quot; alt=&quot;Illustration of connecting to apps using single sign-on.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Our latest integration is a new type of tool connection from our &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/new-integrations-ftp-sftp/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;previous&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/new-salesforce-marketing-cloud-integration/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;content-based&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/new-amazon-web-services-s3-integration/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;sources&lt;/a&gt;. It&#039;s for organizations that use single sign-on solutions to manage their team&#039;s accounts. This allows for better control over tools used within the organization as well as an added layer of security. A couple of notable examples of single sign-on providers are &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.okta.com&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Okta&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.onelogin.com&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;OneLogin&lt;/a&gt;. We use the SAML standard to connect to any provider you may be using.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Setting up your organization is a matter of matching up data fields from your Blocks Edit account settings to authorization settings required by your provider. Once the initial setup process is in place, you can assign Blocks Edit to your team members as an app from your provider&#039;s apps directory and each team member can automatically sign in from their dashboard. Just-in-time provisioning is also available to automatically create accounts for added team members.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/integrations/single-sign-on/&quot;&gt;Here&#039;s the full overview&lt;/a&gt; along with how the setup process works.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Single sign-on integration support for your organization is available now in Blocks Edit, from your dashboard. &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Sign up and get started for free&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/how-to-mjml</id>
		<published>2019-11-21T00:00:00Z</published>
		<updated>2023-02-06T00:00:00Z</updated>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/how-to-mjml"/>
		<title>How to: using editable tags in MJML email templates</title>
		<summary>If you use MJML to code your email templates, here's how to add Blocks Edit editable tags to your MJML template code.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/blocks-edit-mjml.png&quot; alt=&quot;An example email with its associated MJML code snippet.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you use &lt;a href=&quot;https://mjml.io&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;MJML&lt;/a&gt; to develop your email templates, this guide will show you how you can add &lt;a href=&quot;/developer/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit editable tags&lt;/a&gt; to your template, directly within the MJML code. That way, you can use your compiled code as an editable BE template and more easily make updates to your template without worrying about redoing your BE tags each time.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Text and images&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Add the following global CSS classes that will be used for text, images, and button text:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-css&quot;&gt;.edit-text div, .edit-image img, .edit-button a {
  -block-edit: true;
}&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Then use &lt;code class=&quot;language-css&quot;&gt;edit-text&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code class=&quot;language-css&quot;&gt;edit-image&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code class=&quot;language-css&quot;&gt;edit-button&lt;/code&gt; classes on MJML elements you want to add editable options to, like so:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window&quot;&gt;&lt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-text&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;css-class&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;edit-text&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&gt;Content text&lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-text&lt;/span&gt;&gt;&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window&quot;&gt;&lt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-image&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;css-class&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;edit-image&quot;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;src&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;http://placehold.it/600x450&quot;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;href&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;#&quot;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;alt&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;Banner&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&gt;&lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-image&lt;/span&gt;&gt;
&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window&quot;&gt;&lt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-button&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;css-class&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;edit-button&quot;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;href&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;#&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&gt;Call to Action&lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-button&lt;/span&gt;&gt;&lt;/code&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;HTML attributes&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to use the &lt;code class=&quot;language-html&quot;&gt;data-block&lt;/code&gt; attribute for storing content, you can use the &lt;code&gt;mj-html-attribute&lt;/code&gt; tag in your &lt;code&gt;mj-head&lt;/code&gt;. For it to output in your &lt;code class=&quot;language-html&quot;&gt;body&lt;/code&gt;, you will need to associate each attribute with a specific &lt;code&gt;css-class&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window&quot;&gt;&lt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-head&lt;/span&gt;&gt;
  &lt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-html-attributes&lt;/span&gt;&gt;
    &lt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-selector&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;path&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;.feature-title div&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&gt;
      &lt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-html-attribute&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;name&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;data-block&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&gt;feature-title&lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-html-attribute&lt;/span&gt;&gt;
    &lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-selector&lt;/span&gt;&gt;
  &lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-html-attributes&lt;/span&gt;&gt;
&lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-head&lt;/span&gt;&gt;
&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window&quot;&gt;&lt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-text&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;css-class&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;edit-text feature-title&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&gt;Content text&lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-text&lt;/span&gt;&gt;&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, you can add attributes by using custom HTML within MJML tags:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Text example&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window&quot;&gt;
  &lt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-text&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;padding&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;0&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
  &lt;span class=&quot;indent&quot;&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;p&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;class&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;block-edit&quot;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;data-block&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;body-text&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&gt;Content text&lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;p&lt;/span&gt;&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
  &lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-text&lt;/span&gt;&gt;
&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Image example&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window&quot;&gt;
  &lt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-text&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;padding&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;0&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
  &lt;span class=&quot;indent&quot;&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;a&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;href&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;#&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&gt;&lt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;img&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;class&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;block-edit&quot;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;data-block&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;banner&quot;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;height&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;auto&quot;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;src&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;http://placehold.it/600x450&quot;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;style&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;border&lt;/span&gt;: &lt;span class=&quot;purple&quot;&gt;0&lt;/span&gt;; &lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;display&lt;/span&gt;: &lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;block&lt;/span&gt;; &lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;outline&lt;/span&gt;: &lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;none&lt;/span&gt;; &lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;text-decoration&lt;/span&gt;: &lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;none&lt;/span&gt;; &lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;height&lt;/span&gt;: &lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;auto&lt;/span&gt;; &lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;width&lt;/span&gt;: &lt;span class=&quot;purple&quot;&gt;100&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;%&lt;/span&gt;; &lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;font-size&lt;/span&gt;: &lt;span class=&quot;purple&quot;&gt;13&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;px&lt;/span&gt;;&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;width&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;600&quot;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;alt&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;Banner&quot;&lt;/span&gt; /&gt;&lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;a&lt;/span&gt;&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
  &lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-text&lt;/span&gt;&gt;
&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Button example&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window&quot;&gt;
  &lt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-text&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;padding&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;0&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
  &lt;span class=&quot;indent&quot;&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;table&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;border&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;0&quot;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;cellpadding&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;0&quot;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;cellspacing&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;0&quot;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;role&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;presentation&quot;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;style&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;display&lt;/span&gt;: &lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;inline-block&lt;/span&gt;; &lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;border-collapse&lt;/span&gt;: &lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;separate&lt;/span&gt;; &lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;line-height&lt;/span&gt;: &lt;span class=&quot;purple&quot;&gt;100&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;%&lt;/span&gt;;&quot;&gt;&lt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;tbody&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;style&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;display&lt;/span&gt;: &lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;inline-block&lt;/span&gt;;&quot;&gt;&lt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;tr&lt;/span&gt;&gt;&lt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;td&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;style&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;display&lt;/span&gt;: &lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;inline-block&lt;/span&gt;; &lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;border&lt;/span&gt;: &lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;none&lt;/span&gt;; &lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;cursor&lt;/span&gt;: &lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;auto&lt;/span&gt;; &lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;mso-padding-alt&lt;/span&gt;: &lt;span class=&quot;purple&quot;&gt;10&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;px&lt;/span&gt;; &lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;background&lt;/span&gt;: &lt;span class=&quot;grey&quot;&gt;#&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;purple&quot;&gt;cccccc&lt;/span&gt;;&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
  &lt;span class=&quot;indent&quot;&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;&lt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;a&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;href&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;#&quot;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;class&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;block-edit&quot;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;data-block&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;cta&quot;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;style&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;display&lt;/span&gt;: &lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;inline-block&lt;/span&gt;; &lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;background&lt;/span&gt;: &lt;span class=&quot;grey&quot;&gt;#&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;purple&quot;&gt;cccccc&lt;/span&gt;; &lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;margin&lt;/span&gt;: &lt;span class=&quot;purple&quot;&gt;0&lt;/span&gt;; &lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;padding&lt;/span&gt;: &lt;span class=&quot;purple&quot;&gt;10&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;px&lt;/span&gt;; &lt;span class=&quot;blue&quot;&gt;mso-padding-alt&lt;/span&gt;: &lt;span class=&quot;purple&quot;&gt;0&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;px&lt;/span&gt;;&quot; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;target&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;_blank&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&gt;Call to Action&lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;a&lt;/span&gt;&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
  &lt;span class=&quot;indent&quot;&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;td&lt;/span&gt;&gt;&lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;tr&lt;/span&gt;&gt;&lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;tbody&lt;/span&gt;&gt;&lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;table&lt;/span&gt;&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
  &lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-text&lt;/span&gt;&gt;
&lt;/code&gt;
--&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Components and regions&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Add the following global CSS classes:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-css&quot;&gt;.edit-component &lt; tr {
  -block-component: true;
}
.edit-region &lt; tr {
  -block-region: true;
}
.edit-remove &lt; tr {
  -block-remove: true;
}&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Then use &lt;code class=&quot;language-css&quot;&gt;edit-component&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code class=&quot;language-css&quot;&gt;edit-region&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code class=&quot;language-css&quot;&gt;edit-remove&lt;/code&gt; classes on MJML areas that you want to add component or region options for:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window&quot;&gt;&lt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-button&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;css-class&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;edit-region edit-remove&quot;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;href&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;#&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&gt;Call to Action&lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-button&lt;/span&gt;&gt;&lt;/code&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Sections&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For &lt;code class=&quot;language-html&quot;&gt;block-section&lt;/code&gt; containers use the &lt;code&gt;mj-raw&lt;/code&gt; element in order to include the &lt;code class=&quot;language-html&quot;&gt;data-group&lt;/code&gt; attribute:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window&quot;&gt;&lt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-raw&lt;/span&gt;&gt;&lt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;div&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;class&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;block-section&quot;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;data-group&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;basic&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&gt;&lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-raw&lt;/span&gt;&gt;
...
&lt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-raw&lt;/span&gt;&gt;&lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;div&lt;/span&gt;&gt;&lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-raw&lt;/span&gt;&gt;&lt;/code&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Preview text&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Just add this global CSS class for preview text:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-css&quot;&gt;body &gt; div:first-child {
  -block-preview: true;
}&lt;/code&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Navigation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you use the &lt;code&gt;mj-navbar&lt;/code&gt; tag, add this to your global CSS classes:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window language-css&quot;&gt;.edit-nav a {
  -block-edit: true;
}&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Then use the &lt;code&gt;edit-nav&lt;/code&gt; class on the MJML tag:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;code class=&quot;window&quot;&gt;&lt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-navbar&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;base-url&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;#&quot;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;hamburger&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;hamburger&quot;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;css-class&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;edit-nav&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&gt;
  &lt;&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-navbar-link&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;green&quot;&gt;href&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;&quot;#&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&gt;Nav item 1&lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-navbar-link&lt;/span&gt;&gt;
&lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;red&quot;&gt;mj-navbar&lt;/span&gt;&gt;&lt;/code&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Background images&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;One Blocks Edit option that at this point doesn&#039;t seem doable within MJML natively is background images, primarily because of the additional required Outlook code. The way around this is to either add editable tags after compiling your MJML code, or copy the compiled portion of HTML for your background image and paste it to use in your MJML, wrapped with the &lt;code&gt;mj-raw&lt;/code&gt; tag. Then add in &lt;a href=&quot;/help/template-editor/dev-features/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;the needed editable tags&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;If you have any questions regarding implementation with your MJML code or with using Blocks Edit editable tags, you can &lt;a href=&quot;/support/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;reach out to support&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/new-october-2019-layouts</id>
		<published>2019-10-08T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/new-october-2019-layouts"/>
		<title>Blocks Edit update: template layouts</title>
		<summary>A new toolbar-based sidebar with improved layouts functionality.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/blocks-edit-toolbar-layouts.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshot of Blocks Edit layouts feature.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;New toolbar-based sidebar with layouts&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The editor sidebar has gotten a redesign. It’s cleaner, does more, and adds new functionality. From a design perspective, there is now a toolbar. It incorporates the current desktop and mobile views along with sections and components. And it incorporates layouts, and new email-specific settings.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;Layouts&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With layouts, you can save sets of sections and components to reuse as starting points when creating new emails. Layouts functionality has actually been around for a while, but because of the way it worked before, it was hard to find and somewhat confusing to use. We’ve fixed that with this redesign by giving it its own spot in the sidebar toolbar and bringing it up when you need it in your workflow. You can save a layout while editing current emails, or in the template’s preview mode. Complete details on all the layouts features are available &lt;a href=&quot;/help/editor/using-layouts/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;in the help docs&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;Email Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Email-specific settings have two options: a Subject field, and Preview text. The Subject field is used as the page title meta property for the email’s HTML when exported. If using &lt;a href=&quot;/integrations/salesforce-marketing-cloud/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;the Salesforce Marketing Cloud integration&lt;/a&gt;, the Subject is also transferred as part of the export to SFMC, so it appears in the email send properties. Preview text is the text that is commonly shown in email clients under the Subject line. Because it is normally hidden in a template, enabling it for emails requires using the &lt;a href=&quot;/developer/content/#preview&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;new Blocks Edit tag for it&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;Additional highlights&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;PDF exporting&lt;/strong&gt; - there is now another portable option for your exported emails: PDF, which you can pass on as a doc attachment, or use it for printing your email.&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Email portions&lt;/strong&gt; - if you want to only import a module of a master email template to make edits to. It’s also a good way to provide an editable email signature for your team.&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hidden content&lt;/strong&gt; - if your HTML contains additional vendor code, you can hide it so your team doesn’t get lost in areas they don’t need to see as they’re making content updates. &lt;a href=&quot;/developer/#hiding-content&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;More details →&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A lot of updates are based on nuanced tweaks to functionality from feedback we get.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;If you’re interested in seeing all the updates and fixes that are made, we now have &lt;a href=&quot;/updates/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;updates&lt;/a&gt; page that you can refer to.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/portable-assets</id>
		<published>2019-09-17T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/portable-assets"/>
		<title>Why asset portability matters</title>
		<summary>Managing email assets independently, so you have control over them beyond the tools and platforms you use.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/portable-assets.png&quot; alt=&quot;An illustration of an assets icon in the middle with back and forth arrows to platform icons and settings.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Email is an “owned” marketing channel that allows you to have a direct connection with your audience. Unlike social media for example, where the platform you’re on (Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, etc) controls how your audience views your content. We should keep this principle in mind when it comes to our email’s content to ensure the tools we use don’t lock us into their platforms and we “own” our assets.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;How assets get tied to a platform&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Here’s an example of how your images can get tied to a tool/platform: Many email providers host your email’s images for you. This makes it easy to upload your images, and they generate a place for them on the web. However, this means that they host your images and usually generate image URL’s with their domain. So when you want to switch email providers, all the image URL’s used in your emails will go away as soon as you cancel your account with them, breaking all previous emails that you’ve sent out!&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Keeping things separated&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Image hosting is something we kept in mind with our &lt;a href=&quot;/integrations/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;integrations feature&lt;/a&gt; in Blocks Edit. We made it so while building an email, you are able to upload your images as you would expect, but with the added option of connecting to your own hosting via an FTP/sFTP or an Amazon S3 connection. This allows generating image URL’s using your domain. So you can switch your email provider, and even your hosting provider, while still holding on to the URL for your email’s images. Like a website, where you always want to point people to your domain, a domain should always be used as a permanent location for your email’s images as well.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&quot;Like a website, where you always want to point people to your domain, a domain should always be used as a permanent location for your email’s images as well.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22Like%20a%20website,%20where%20you%20always%20want%20to%20point%20people%20to%20your%20domain,%20a%20domain%20should%20always%20be%20used%20as%20a%20permanent%20location%20for%20your%20email&#039;s%20images%20as%20well.%22%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/portable-assets/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;A custom workflow&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We recently put this approach to the test ourselves, when we decided to move our newsletter to a new email provider. We had hosted images on our servers from the beginning and pointed all URL’s to our domain. And we also used our own HTML for content, building each email with the Blocks Edit editor. With this setup, the migration took just a couple of hours to transfer over our subscribers list. The rest of our workflow remained the same as before, made up of: a hosting provider for images, a content editor for producing emails, and an email provider to send out with.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When deciding on your email marketing’s workflow and tools, an end-to-end platform usually isn’t the right approach. You’re better off &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/email-marketing-workflow/&quot;&gt;building your own workflow&lt;/a&gt; made up of specialized tools. For an email’s content, look for tools that allow importing and exporting standard HTML for your email, and which allow hosted images using your domain. That’s how you’re able to own and control your email’s assets.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Maintain control over your email&#039;s assets with &lt;a href=&quot;/how-it-works/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit&lt;/a&gt;, a platform-agnostic visual editor. Connect directly to your image sources using our &lt;a href=&quot;/integrations/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;integrations&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/differences-in-email-editors</id>
		<published>2019-08-13T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/differences-in-email-editors"/>
		<title>The differences in email editors</title>
		<summary>Three types of visual email editors: simplified with template options, complex builders, and using your own custom template.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/visual-email-editors.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshots of three example visual editors.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;Examples of the three types of visual email editors&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;There are many visual email editing tools. They can all be broken down into three categories:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Simplified email editor with template options&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This editor usually comes with an email provider. It includes template options to base your design on. Any design customization requires working around their templates, which are usually pretty limited.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Complex email editor you build from scratch with&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This editor generally has a bunch of options that most likely need a professional designer to figure out as it involves a lot of tooling (defining hex code values for colors, setting font properties, spacing and margins, etc).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Email editor that uses your own custom template&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This editor has code that works around your HTML to enable editable content similar to the way a content management system for a website works. This allows for the most customization in your design.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While simplified and complex editors make up the majority of visual editors, the custom template editor is a newer breed that&#039;s starting to expand as a response to the constraints of traditional builders.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Which one is better?&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;That depends on what your goals are:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Simplified editor&lt;/strong&gt; - if you want a basic template, an ESP’s editor may be a fine option, though your email will end up looking similar to other organizations that also use those templates. It&#039;s the lowest cost, but also the most design-constrained.&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Complex editor&lt;/strong&gt; - if you want more customization, this requires more work on your end, or working with a designer. It comes with a higher cost because of the extra effort you need to put in, but you get a more original design.&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom template editor&lt;/strong&gt; - if you want a completely custom, branded template. There&#039;s an upfront cost for designing and coding the initial HTML template, but offers the most design flexibility.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It comes down to your available resources and the level of design customization you&#039;re going for. For simplified and complex editors, it&#039;s about which has the right customization features that you need. With a custom template editor, the customization options are based around the way your template is designed and coded.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;!--
&lt;h2&gt;A good custom template editor&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;So if customization for a custom template editor is built within the template design, what features should you look for?&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Template code should be simple and flexible to work with so you can easily update and maintain updates for your template&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;The editor interface should be very intuitive for your team to use, without requiring any coding on their part&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Collaboration should be baked in so anyone can go in and build, edit, and review content for your emails&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;There should be some remote connection to your image servers/platforms to dynamically include images in your code&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you currently code your emails, then the potential benefits to using a custom template editor are huge, saving you many work hours preparing content and producing an email. It solves the same problem as simple and complex editors, reducing the back and forth of writing and reviewing content, and eliminating having to code every email. But it does so around your template, instead the editor&#039;s template system.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You also get the aspect of content portability. Both simplified and complex editors tend to tie you into their system, making it difficult to take your content out. Custom template editors typically allow you to export your email code and content so you can use your emails with any ESP.&lt;/p&gt;
--&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;We’ve created &lt;a href=&quot;https://blocksedit.com/&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit&lt;/a&gt; as a visual editor to work with your custom coded template. It&#039;s easy to implement and make it a part of your current workflow and invite your team to use. &lt;a href=&quot;/getting-started/&quot;&gt;Get your template setup on it for free.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/new-amazon-web-services-s3-integration</id>
		<published>2019-07-24T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/new-amazon-web-services-s3-integration"/>
		<title>Blocks Edit update: Amazon Web Services S3 integration</title>
		<summary>Utilize AWS's content delivery service in your email production workflow.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/blocks-edit-amazon-web-services-s3-intro.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Blocks Edit and Amazon Web Services S3&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;a href=&quot;https://aws.amazon.com/s3/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Amazon Web Service&#039;s S3&lt;/a&gt; as a content delivery network ensures images in your email load fast. If you utilize S3 for your organization’s assets, you can now build your emails in Blocks Edit and get direct access to your files while making content updates. The simple interface allows you to easily browse your files and transfer them back and forth.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Import current images from your S3 bucket, or upload new ones to your bucket that you’ve added to your email. And when you’ve finished your email, your image URLs are automatically updated in your email’s code to point to your S3 source. No need to do it manually, and no need to scale and compress your images either. Everything happens in the background while you just focus on making the updates you need to your email. &lt;a href=&quot;/help/getting-started/using-amazon-web-services-s3-features/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Here are all the features&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;And because the editor interface is so easy to use, you can invite your team to make edits to your email as well and use the S3 connection. Setting up your email template in Blocks Edit lets you set boundaries around what gets edited and how, so you don’t worry about something getting messed up in the process.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;You can use the Amazon Web Services S3 integration in Blocks Edit as of today. You can even connect to multiple buckets, or to other platforms — &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/new-integrations-ftp-sftp/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;FTP/sFTP&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/new-salesforce-marketing-cloud-integration/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Salesforce Marketing Cloud&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Sign up&lt;/a&gt; and try them for free.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/new-salesforce-marketing-cloud-integration</id>
		<published>2019-07-10T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/new-salesforce-marketing-cloud-integration"/>
		<title>Blocks Edit update: Salesforce Marketing Cloud integration</title>
		<summary>Make your SFMC assets accessible in Blocks Edit and let your team build and edit emails and export them to Content Builder.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/blocks-edit-salesforce-marketing-cloud-intro.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Blocks Edit and Salesforce Marketing Cloud&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Our first vendor integration is for &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.salesforce.com/products/marketing-cloud/overview/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Salesforce Marketing Cloud&lt;/a&gt;. You can now connect to your SFMC account to access your images and template files from within Blocks Edit. And when you’re finished editing your email, you’ll be able to export it to your SFMC account with image URLs dynamically updated, so your email is ready to send out.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Once your SFMC account is connected to Blocks Edit, you will have the option to browse files from Content Builder. Either from the Blocks Edit dashboard when importing a template file, or in the email editor, when adding in an image. &lt;a href=&quot;/help/getting-started/using-salesforce-marketing-cloud-features/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Read the full run-through of how it works and what else you can do.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This approach to your content production allows you to focus on your content within Blocks Edit and invite team members to build, edit, and review emails who otherwise wouldn’t need access to the full Salesforce Marketing Cloud suite. The Blocks Edit editor is also designed to be purposefully limited around only the content changes that need to be made, and with only the editing options you set up for your template. So you and your team can easily and quickly make updates without worrying about messing anything up, and your email’s code remains intact.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;The Salesforce Marketing Cloud integration is now available, ready to setup in your Blocks Edit account. If you haven&#039;t signed up for Blocks Edit yet, &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;sign up to try out the new integration for free&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/new-integrations-ftp-sftp</id>
		<published>2019-06-19T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/new-integrations-ftp-sftp"/>
		<title>Blocks Edit update: FTP/sFTP integration</title>
		<summary>Add images from your remote server using Blocks Edit and export your email with image URLs automatically included.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/sftp-remote-server-browsing.png&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshot of Blocks Edit sFTP file browser.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;Browsing files on your remote server in Blocks Edit&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;We&#039;ve been working on a way to connect to your external tools in Blocks Edit that we&#039;re calling integrations. Initially, you&#039;ll be able to access your images and template files, and we will be rolling out vendors you can connect to in the coming weeks.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Today, we&#039;re starting with an essential connection: FTP and sFTP. An external server is the standard way to host images for emails. Often times, it&#039;s a directory on your web server. Now in Blocks Edit, you can securely add your server credentials and you&#039;ll have access to your images directly in the Blocks Edit interface.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;So when you&#039;re editing your email, you can add images in just by browsing for them on your remote server. And when you&#039;re ready to export your email, your modified images, including any that you upload from your computer, will be uploaded to your server and image URLs within your code will be automatically updated so your email is ready for send-off. &lt;a href=&quot;https://blocksedit.com/help/getting-started/using-ftp-sftp-features/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Here&#039;s a full run-through of how it works and what else you can do&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;FTP/sFTP connections are available for you today from your dashboard. Just click the Integrations icon at the top. If you haven&#039;t signed up for Blocks Edit yet, &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;sign up to try out the new functionality for free&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/specialized-workflow</id>
		<published>2019-05-15T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/specialized-workflow"/>
		<title>Using a specialized workflow to do better work</title>
		<summary>Working together on a team based on maximizing the most valuable aspects of your skillset while allowing other team members to maximize what they’re good at.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/work-specialization.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;An overhead shot of three team members working together on their devices with icons representing their tools laid out on the table in front of them.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In your work, there are skills that are more important than others to achieve your goals and get tasks done. Skills that are specific to your experience and have lead you to your current role. It’s these skills that lead to the best results. A specialized workflow is a way of working together on a team based on maximizing the most valuable aspects of your skillset while also allowing for other team members to maximize the most valuable skills that they’re good at.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For example, if you’re an email marketer, you may be good at strategy and planning of an email campaign. You may also take on the job of writing copy yourself as part of crafting the messaging you’re going for. But because of the way you put together your email with your team, you may also be required to take on certain aspects like formatting your email’s content by writing some HTML code, which is not a good use of your skills.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&quot;A specialized workflow is a way of working together on a team based on maximizing the most valuable aspects of your skillset while also allowing for other team members to maximize the most valuable skills that they’re good at.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22A%20specialized%20workflow%20is%20a%20way%20of%20working%20together%20on%20a%20team%20based%20on%20maximizing%20the%20most%20valuable%20aspects%20of%20your%20skillset%20while%20also%20allowing%20for%20other%20team%20members%20to%20maximize%20the%20most%20valuable%20skills%20that%20they&#039;re%20good%20at.%22%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/specialized-workflow/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Consequences of working outside your skillset&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Besides being frustrating, these additional chores can also be time-consuming and lead to unintended consequences that eat up resources, and potentially delay getting your campaign out. And in the case of writing HTML code, because it can get pretty involved, it would be much better suited for someone who excels in that kind of work.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;And that is the goal of a specialized workflow, to have work done the best way possible in order to not only eliminate the unnecessary stuff so you can do more of what you’re good at, but to also ensure overall quality. There are two ways to try and get to a more specialized workflow: by utilizing people, and by utilizing tools.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;How to utilize people and tools&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Figure out how to offload each task to someone on the team who is more qualified for it. If you don’t have someone available, consider taking advantage of the gig economy and outsource the work to &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/email-marketing-agencies-freelancers/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;a contractor&lt;/a&gt;. For example, a virtual assistant can help you handle repetitive tasks you can map out a reusable process for them to use. Or, a developer can properly code the HTML needed for building emails.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When using tools, you can use a project management app that allows you to break down tasks you’re having a hard with and assign them to the right team members. Specialized tools are ones that do very specific tasks, like a &lt;a href=&quot;https://blocksedit.com&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;content editor for your custom-branded email&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;The right tools for the right job&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Similar to finding the right person for a task, it’s usually best to use tools with their own specialized traits, as opposed to using a tool which tries to do everything. As in the email marketer example, it’s often the case that the tool itself can create extra work in the first place. This usually happens with a tool which tries to do everything because it can have an interface full of options that make it confusing to use. It can also fall short on certain aspects, like editing content, when it’s better-suited for other areas, like managing your customer database.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;What you want are specific &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/email-marketing-workflow/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;tools that match up with certain parts of your marketing process&lt;/a&gt;. At the end of the day, a specialized workflow is more of an approach to keep in mind when looking for the right person or the right tool for a given task. It helps you work better and ensures work is done in the best way possible.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&quot;...a specialized workflow is more of an approach to keep in mind when looking for the right person or the right tool for a given task. It helps you work better and ensures work is done in the best way possible.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22...a%20specialized%20workflow%20is%20more%20of%20an%20approach%20to%20keep%20in%20mind%20when%20looking%20for%20the%20right%20person%20or%20the%20right%20tool%20for%20a%20given%20task.%20It%20helps%20you%20work%20better%20and%20ensures%20work%20is%20done%20in%20the%20best%20way%20possible.%22%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/specialized-workflow/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;We’ve developed Blocks Edit around a specialized workflow. &lt;a href=&quot;/collaboration/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Here’s how it works&lt;/a&gt; specifically for you and your team: as a marketer, manager, designer, developer, copywriter, or if you just review email content.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/email-mobile-design</id>
		<published>2019-04-03T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/email-mobile-design"/>
		<title>Responsive emails: modularize to mobilize</title>
		<summary>At least half of email opens now happen on mobile. So there’s no longer an excuse to not enhance your emails for mobile!</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/modular-mobile.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Mobile view of an email with modular components around it.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;At least half of email opens now happen on mobile. So there&#039;s no longer an excuse to not enhance your emails for mobile! And the best way to get started is by breaking your email design and content into pieces and &lt;a href=&quot;https://blocksedit.com/content-code/thinking-with-blocks/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;think in blocks&lt;/a&gt;. Here are some tips.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Start with the content&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As you develop your content strategy and start writing content for individual emails, make your text skim-able by dividing your message into individual ideas with visual breakpoints your readers can jump to. Use these content-skimming ingredients: titles, callouts, lists, images, graphics, buttons, and links.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&quot;Use these content-skimming ingredients: titles, callouts, lists, images, graphics, buttons, and links.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22Use%20these%20content-skimming%20ingredients:%20titles,%20callouts,%20lists,%20images,%20graphics,%20buttons,%20and%20links.%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/email-mobile-design/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Keeping mobile in mind&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When designing for mobile, there are two routes you can take:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Designing and building a complete mobile alternative that is shown only on mobile (by hiding the desktop version). This allows for complete flexibility of your design and content, but essentially doubles the work to build an email.&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Using your desktop version and overriding specific design elements to adapt it for mobile. This requires a modular design, which saves time not having to build a second email, and even more time in future emails with a simplified, repeatable design process.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&quot;...a modular design, which saves time not having to build a second email, and even more time in future emails with a simplified, repeatable design process.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22...a%20modular%20design,%20which%20saves%20time%20not%20having%20to%20build%20a%20second%20email,%20and%20even%20more%20time%20in%20future%20emails%20with%20a%20simplified,%20repeatable%20design%20process.%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/email-mobile-design/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;The modular method&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A modular design consists of stacked sections and columns:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Stackable sections create breakpoints and group your content to provide visual structure&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Columns allow adjusting from 2-3 columns on desktop to 1-2 columns on mobile&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Promotes developing visual patterns for your content which creates design consistency&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;By breaking up your design and content into pieces, it keeps your code more organized and allows for reusable techniques&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Over time you develop a system for your email content production which creates a defined, predictable workflow that is more efficient. A library of patterns previously used further spurs ideas for using graphics and images as you write your content. And perhaps most importantly, it naturally makes your content more digestible for your audience to read and take action on.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&quot;...develop a system for your email content production which creates a defined, predictable workflow that is more efficient.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22...develop%20a%20system%20for%20your%20email%20content%20production%20which%20creates%20a%20defined,%20predictable%20workflow%20that%20is%20more%20efficient.%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/email-mobile-design/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;For more on creating a modular template system for your emails, check out &lt;a href=&quot;/email-template-guide/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;our free in-depth guide&lt;/a&gt;. And find out how Blocks Edit makes &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/new-march-2019-mobile-view/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;building your emails for mobile&lt;/a&gt; easier. &lt;a href=&quot;/contact/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Contact us&lt;/a&gt; to help you setup your template.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/new-march-2019-mobile-view</id>
		<published>2019-03-22T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/new-march-2019-mobile-view"/>
		<title>Blocks Edit update: mobile preview and editing</title>
		<summary>Our spring, mobile-focused update allows adjusting the editor view to mobile and making edits while in it as well.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/editor-march-2019.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshot of Blocks Edit with mobile view and editing options.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mobile view with editing options.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;For our spring update, we&#039;ve decided to focus on a top-requested feature: mobile preview. You can now switch from Desktop to a Mobile view that shrinks the preview window down to a mobile-sized width and adjusts the email to fit (only if it&#039;s mobile-friendly of course).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We decided to take it a step further however and also allow updates to be made in the mobile view. Everything you can do in the full Desktop view, you can do in the mobile view. The elements sidebar with components and sections even has its own versions for mobile. This also means that a template can be programmed to allow for mobile-alternative or even mobile-only content areas to be added in.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While the interface looks the same as before with only two new buttons added at the top for the Desktop/Mobile switching, behind-the-scenes, we&#039;ve overhauled a good part of the core functionality to make it all work very seamlessly. In the process, it allowed us to also make stability improvements overall.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To see an example of the update in action, check out &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/original/523/7ee172220820c0eaadb74c4f70623a7dfeec9815&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;this example template&lt;/a&gt;. Just click on &#039;Mobile&#039; at the top to view its mobile version.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Start using the new mobile view feature today by &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;signing up for free&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;a href=&quot;/demo/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Request a demo&lt;/a&gt; for us to show you how it could work for your template.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/branding-in-email</id>
		<published>2019-02-20T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/branding-in-email"/>
		<title>The use of brand in email</title>
		<summary>Branding and design aesthetics can sound like a fuzzy proposition, but understanding their underlying principles can lead to strategic results.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/elements-of-a-brand.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;An illustration of the word &#039;brand&#039; surrounded by icons and words that refer to aspects involved in branding a product or service.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.martyneumeier.com/the-brand-gap&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;The Brand Gap&lt;/a&gt;, author Marty Neumeier clearly states the role branding plays in defining an organization and translating its values into creatives using design.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&quot;The traditional view of design is that it has four possible goals: to identify, to inform, to entertain, or to persuade. But with branding, there&#039;s a fifth: to differentiate.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;cite&gt;— Marty Neumeier, The Brand Gap&lt;/cite&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22The%20traditional%20view%20of%20design%20is%20that%20it%20has%20four%20possible%20goals:%20to%20identify,%20to%20inform,%20to%20entertain,%20or%20to%20persuade.%20But%20with%20branding,%20there&#039;s%20a%20fifth:%20to%20differentiate.%22%20-%20@MARTYneumeier%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/branding-in-email/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Branding and design in email&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Good email design means both enhancing the email&#039;s message with visually creative techniques, and making it functional in the way it&#039;s accessed using email design best practices. Adding branding and design goals to the mix leads to a campaign that makes your message stand out and sticks with your audience.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Designed vs plain text emails&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The debate between using a designed email campaign vs plain text, is not really a debate at all. Whether one works better than the other depends on what your product or service is about, who your audience is, and the context of your message. So choosing to go with text is in fact a branding and design decision, and can still require design practices like specific formatting and font styling.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Email design as a system&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Consistency is a critical component of both branding and design, and a template system is a tool for achieving this with emails. Similar to brand guidelines and design systems used for other other marketing assets like a website, an email template is built around the goal of being able to build more emails, at a high level of quality.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&quot;Consistency is a critical component of both branding and design, and a template system is a tool for achieving this with emails.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22Consistency%20is%20a%20critical%20component%20of%20both%20branding%20and design,%20and%20a%20template%20system%20is%20a%20tool%20for%20achieving%20this%20with%20emails.%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/branding-in-email/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Most of &lt;em&gt;The Brand Gap&lt;/em&gt; focuses on how to have a strong brand: by collaborating with your team, both internally and externally, innovating using creative campaigns, validating by tracking the results of those campaigns, and cultivating brand and design by adapting to changes in the marketplace.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While branding and design aesthetics can sound like a fuzzy proposition, understanding their underlying principles can help turn the fuzziness into a formula of key elements to keep in mind for every email that goes out: your unique brand values, informative, educational, and entertaining content, and a foundation for repeatable results.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit takes the systemized branding approach for emails further by allowing anyone on your team to build emails from a source template, without having to know any code, or worrying about messing up the design. &lt;a href=&quot;/getting-started/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;See the editor&lt;/a&gt; in action, and &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;sign up&lt;/a&gt; to setup your template.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/2018-email-design</id>
		<published>2018-12-18T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/2018-email-design"/>
		<title>2018 email design in review</title>
		<summary>A big trend is the shift towards using a design system for email campaigns.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/2018-email-design.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Collage of branded email designs.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;A series of emails based on the same modular template design.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;We attended our first &lt;a href=&quot;https://litmus.com/conference/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Litmus Live conference&lt;/a&gt; last month in San Francisco. We came away with a lot learned, good chats, and having a lot of fun after hours with fellow email geeks! Once we got over the con hangover, we spent the last few weeks watching archived videos from Litmus Live Boston and London events. There were so many great presentations! Litmus has &lt;a href=&quot;https://litmus.com/blog/litmus-picks-our-favorite-talks-at-litmus-live-2018&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;highlighted a few of them here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A big trend we&#039;ve noticed from what was presented is the shift towards using a design system for email campaigns. There were three presentations specifically around the approach. It&#039;s been a topic that has come up a lot this past year. &lt;a href=&quot;https://blocksedit.com/content-code/email-production-trenches/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;We&#039;ve&lt;/a&gt; also &lt;a href=&quot;https://blocksedit.com/content-code/thinking-with-blocks/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;blogged&lt;/a&gt; about it &lt;a href=&quot;https://blocksedit.com/content-code/efficiency-quality/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ourselves&lt;/a&gt;, and even &lt;a href=&quot;https://blocksedit.com/content-code/coding-email-marketing-templates/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;gave a talk on it&lt;/a&gt;. Below are some key takeaways from the presentations at Litmus Live.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Fixing Enterprise Email with Design Systems by &lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/flcarneiro&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Fabio Carneiro&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
  &lt;p&gt;&quot;A design system is a collection of reusable elements governed by a set of standards.&quot; &lt;a href=&quot;https://litmus.com/blog/litmus-picks-our-favorite-talks-at-litmus-live-2018&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Watch video of talk&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
  &lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22A%20design%20system%20is%20a%20collection%20of%20reusable%20elements%20governed%20by%20a%20set%20of%20standards.%22%20-%20@flcarneiro%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/2018-email-design/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Naming things:&lt;/strong&gt; establishes a common language among teams&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Defining language:&lt;/strong&gt; foundations, components, patterns, templates&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Documentation:&lt;/strong&gt; important to provide specifics; cover what, why, how; how-not-to can also be important, should include voice and tone&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Design elements to take into account:&lt;/strong&gt; grid, spacing, typography, iconography&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Email Design Systems by &lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/sentbycrystal&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Crystal Ledesma&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
  &lt;p&gt;&quot;It&#039;s predesigned, prebuilt, precoded, pretested; done in advanced so you don&#039;t have to focus on it again and again.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
  &lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22It&#039;s%20predesigned,%20prebuilt,%20precoded,%20pretested.%20Done%20in%20advanced%20so%20you%20don&#039;t%20have%20to%20focus%20on%20it%20again%20and%20again.%22%20-%20@sentbycrystal%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/2018-email-design/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Audit:&lt;/strong&gt; look at emails from past couple of years&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Determine the shell:&lt;/strong&gt; the container that holds all the modules together&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Determine the modules:&lt;/strong&gt; look at patterns in emails, boil them down to essentials of what they are made of&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Creating Efficient Workflows with Modular Email Design by &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.linkedin.com/in/jesse-blanner-89a6a55a/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Jesse Blanner&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Modular email design - a system of interchangeable components (aka modules) and reusable patterns that can be combined to create email layouts.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
  &lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22Modular%20email%20design%20-%20a%20system%20of%20interchangeable%20components%20(aka modules)%20and%20reusable%20patterns%20that%20can%20be%20combined%20to%20create%20email%20layouts.%22%20-%20Jesse%20Blanner%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/2018-email-design/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Discovery phase:&lt;/strong&gt; look at your existing email layouts and the nature of your content to get a better understanding of your design needs&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Choose a grid:&lt;/strong&gt; the foundation of most design systems; 8-point grids are common in digital design&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Create a system guide and library:&lt;/strong&gt; start designing some of the components and patterns you&#039;ll use in your system; designing within the grid will ensure that alignment, spacing and email structure will remain consistent; helps streamline and inform the rest of the process&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Develop the system framework:&lt;/strong&gt; bake-in HTML best practices and features where possible; mobile optimization, accessibly, etc; should be consistent from module to module to ensure they work across the entire system; helpful code commenting&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Organize your modules:&lt;/strong&gt; create a repository for your system module snippets and partials and consider creating CSS snippets as well to supplement your base code&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Besides the workflow benefits, what&#039;s also great about this approach is that it makes it easier to adapt to email coding standards which are changing all the time (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.kevinmandeville.com/blog/10-things-to-be-thankful-for-in-email-design&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;for the better&lt;/a&gt;). By having a framework for your emails, you can maintain your code and always send out emails that look great and engage all your readers.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Are you considering using modular design for your email templates? Check out our handy &lt;a href=&quot;/email-template-guide/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;guide for getting started&lt;/a&gt;. And take your production workflow even further by &lt;a href=&quot;/getting-started/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;making your template editable&lt;/a&gt; in Blocks Edit.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/new-november-2018-improvements</id>
		<published>2018-11-30T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/new-november-2018-improvements"/>
		<title>Blocks Edit update: fundamentals improved</title>
		<summary>We're just wrapping up the second half of the year working on some new features that build on the core framework to make your template even more powerful.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/editor-november-2018.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshot of Blocks Edit with image editing options.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;The editor Preview Mode. See what&#039;s editable and how it works.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;We&#039;ve spent the first half of this year on performance enhancements and fine tuning design details. And we&#039;re just wrapping up the second half of the year working on some new features that build on the core framework to make your template even more powerful. Here&#039;s what we&#039;ve been quietly launching these past couple of months.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;Stored content&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Templates can now have content pieces that get saved. This allows for having alternate styles of elements that when changed will keep the content the same. &lt;a href=&quot;/developer/#stored-content&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Details of how this works are in the dev docs&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;Background images&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Background images in a template can now be changed (finally) and work essentially the same as uploading regular images in a template, including cropping. &lt;a href=&quot;/developer/#background&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;See dev docs for how to use the feature&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;Link auto styles&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When adding a link in the editor, link styles are now automatically added based on all the link styles available in the source template. You can also limit the style options to just a particular section. &lt;a href=&quot;/developer/#links&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;See how in the dev docs&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;Preview Mode&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Templates now have a live preview mode and can be shared via a private link. This allows you to develop features for your template and have them reviewed before inviting the rest of the team to build emails. Preview Mode can be accessed by clicking on the title of your template in the dashboard. You can also share your template publicly. &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/original/523/7ee172220820c0eaadb74c4f70623a7dfeec9815&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Here&#039;s an example from our website&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;Template versions&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can now update a current template&#039;s code with a new version. This can be done by clicking on the template title in the dashboard to go into Preview Mode and then clicking the &quot;Import new version&quot; link in the top bar. Emails that use an older version remain editable with features from the specific version they were created from. All new emails use the latest uploaded version.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;Additional notable items&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Layouts have been moved from the left sidebar in the editor to the dashboard, shown when creating a new email&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;The left sidebar design has been cleaned up and includes caching for much faster load times&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;!--
  &lt;li&gt;You can now add folders for all your emails in the dashboard&lt;/li&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;!--
  &lt;li&gt;ESP tokens now fully supported&lt;/li&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;p&gt;There is also some new marketing content to check out: our first &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZAZ9Ot6MrKY&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;promo video&lt;/a&gt;, a &lt;a href=&quot;/workflow/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;breakdown of who Blocks Edit is for&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href=&quot;/partners/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;agency-specific benefits&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Start using all these new features today by &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;signing up&lt;/a&gt; to use them for free.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/efficiency-quality</id>
		<published>2018-07-24T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/efficiency-quality"/>
		<title>Efficiency and quality are both possible with some design thinking</title>
		<summary>Design thinking is essentially both creative and analytical thinking working together holistically.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/blocks-edit-email-content-workflow.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;An illustration of an email design surrounded by color codes, photos, and photo avatars of team members.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;When laying out what&#039;s involved in email marketing, we can break things up into three essential components: design, code, copy. Throughout the years, I&#039;ve worn different hats on projects involving websites and emails and I&#039;ve been a designer, developer, and writer to be able to work in all three areas. So I&#039;ve come to understand what each of those areas involves while crafting effective digital communications.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you&#039;ve been following &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;the blog&lt;/a&gt;, you may have noticed a recurring theme of efficiency and quality. That&#039;s because the approach behind how &lt;a href=&quot;https://blocksedit.com&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit&lt;/a&gt; works is based on these principles which stem from how I&#039;ve come to do my work using the idea of design thinking to guide the way. And I&#039;ve found that efficiency and quality don&#039;t have to be mutually exclusive.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;What is design thinking?&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After a few years of doing design work, you eventually learn that there&#039;s more to just how clean and simple the creative or interface looks, or how easy it is to absorb or interact with it. It&#039;s also about the process involved, the nuances of the intent behind how your design is used. This understanding comes from learning what makes a good user experience and creatively putting those elements together, and from analyzing and understanding the meaning behind it. So design thinking is essentially both creative and analytical thinking working together holistically.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
  &lt;p&gt;&quot;...design thinking is essentially both creative and analytical thinking working together holistically.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
  &lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22...design%20thinking%20is%20essentially%20both%20creative%20and%20analytical%20thinking%20working%20together%20holistically.%22%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/efficiency-quality/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Design thinking in email&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Here are some examples that use design thinking to putting together an email campaign that lead to both quality and efficiency at the same time:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Campaign design&lt;/strong&gt; - finding patterns and reusing elements saves time but also ensures consistency which makes for more user-friendly design that&#039;s on-brand&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Coding approach&lt;/strong&gt; - you can write your code in a way that you feel comfortable and allows you to be creative, and use tools and &lt;a href=&quot;/email-template-guide/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;systems&lt;/a&gt; to output the final code for computers to read&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Writing content&lt;/strong&gt; -  well, that&#039;s what we made Blocks Edit for: to write your content visually in an email&#039;s template and move pieces around to put it all together, so you&#039;re able to see the results of your thinking live and without requiring a designer or developer&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Better collaboration with some design thinking&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Blocks Edit workflow (shown above) allows you to analyze and enhance the way you work, both on your own and with your team. And because the interface is easy to use, not only marketers and copywriters can add in content and make edits on their own, other members of the team can as well. And with the content editing centralized in one place, the editing and review process is done the same way. This means no other tools have to be used for content, no meetings have to be held for how to lay out the pieces. Design discussions and decisions are made upfront and coded into an editable template with reusable pieces. So when making edits and building out new emails, you don&#039;t have to worry about the design or continuously touching the code.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This all allows you to do your best work, with other people that can work to do their best work, for consistently better results. It&#039;s more efficient and leads to better quality. It may sound too good to be true, but what makes it work is the right design thinking behind how things can be done.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Start working with the &lt;a href=&quot;/collaboration/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit content workflow&lt;/a&gt; for you and your team to be more creative and efficient with your email campaigns. &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Sign up for free&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;/getting-started/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;get started with your own email&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/thinking-with-blocks</id>
		<published>2018-03-22T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/thinking-with-blocks"/>
		<title>Now you&#039;re thinking with blocks (how to look at things modularly)</title>
		<summary>I'm going to guide you through using the power of thinking about email templates modularly, or in 'blocks'.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/portal-orientation.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;An illustration showing the entrance and exit of portals in a room with a gap in the floor.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;A screen grab of a tutorial from the video game Portal.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Building a custom-designed email template requires a lot of overhead: designing it to follow brand guidelines consistently, coding and testing it to work in various email clients, regularly writing content, and plugging it into the template. It requires a tough balancing act between quality and efficiency.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the videogame Portal, &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BePtsISQQpk&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;you&#039;re taught&lt;/a&gt; how to get past obstacles using a gun that creates portals, holes that you can travel through to get from your current position to another wall or platform that you shoot your second portal to. As the game progresses, you begin to realize just how powerful the mechanism is. Similar to how the AI guides the player through the game, I&#039;m going to guide you through using the power of thinking about email templates modularly, or in &#039;blocks&#039;. Minus the part of the game where the AI decides to try and kill the player.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Develop your toolset&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From a design standpoint, use a brand style guide for your team to refer to. This will give everyone a sense of the patterns that make up the visual brand. For the development, learn about email client limitations and keep a collection of code hacks for recurring elements. And for writing content, develop a voice and keep it consistently on-message by collecting imagery and highlighting text blurbs.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Keep things blocky&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Now use your toolset to develop a production process that holistically mixes design, development and content. Follow design patterns and development best practices, keep content succinct by focusing on quality over quantity. Here are some examples of the kinds of blocks that make up each aspect of the process:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;display: inline-block;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;div style=&quot;float: left; width: 50%; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/img/example-template.png&quot; width=&quot;90%&quot; alt=&quot;Example email layout.&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
  &lt;div style=&quot;float: left; width: 50%; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/img/example-template-parts.png&quot; width=&quot;100%&quot; alt=&quot;Example email layout broken into modules.&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Design:&lt;/strong&gt; header, footer, layout parts, visual hierarchy, images, headlines, buttons&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Code:&lt;/strong&gt; layout rows and columns, repeating elements, reusable stand-alone code snippets&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content types:&lt;/strong&gt; feature area, listings, skimmable titles, callouts&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Follow design patterns and development best practices, keep content succinct by focusing on quality over quantity.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
  &lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22Follow%20design%20patterns%20and%20development%20best%20practices,%20keep%20content%20succinct%20by%20focusing%20on%20quality%20over%20quantity.%22%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/thinking-with-blocks/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Use apps&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the book, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.oreilly.com/tim/wtf-book.html&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;WTF? What’s the Future and Why It’s Up to Us&lt;/a&gt;, Tim O&#039;Reilly makes the case that the robotic revolution will not replace our jobs, but augment them while creating new opportunities for how we work. Robots will be doing the mundane, repetitive tasks which they are good at doing, while we can focus on the more creative aspects.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The same applies to developing email marketing campaigns. When thinking about apps you can use, keep in mind an emphasis on the individual aspects of your email campaign that ensure quality of design, code and content. While email template builders seem like a good idea, they &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/email-template-editors/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;often fall short on meeting the requirements for the level of quality a custom template can demand&lt;/a&gt;. The best kind of email editor allows each team member to do more of what they&#039;re best at while reducing wasteful efforts.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the end, the sum is greater than its parts. And now you&#039;re thinking with blocks!&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;To edit your blocks, we&#039;ve made &lt;a href=&quot;https://blocksedit.com&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit&lt;/a&gt; to effectively augment your team&#039;s workflow and save a bunch of time in the process. Start &lt;a href=&quot;/getting-started/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;thinking in blocks&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;sign up for free&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/email-template-editors</id>
		<published>2018-02-01T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/email-template-editors"/>
		<title>The ideal way to edit content in your email template</title>
		<summary>It ultimately allows you to put together content in a way that feels more natural and come out with the best quality email each time.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/writer-workspace.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;A black and white photo of an editorial magazine office desk, with a computer monitor, keyboard, and photo camera.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;You understand that custom design is important to an email campaign as it better represents your company’s branding. You understand a custom design needs proper coding to output the design as intended and work across all necessary email providers. To make sending emails regularly more efficient, you decide to use &lt;a href=&quot;/content-code/thinking-with-blocks/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;a template with patterns that can be reused depending on the email’s content&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Of course, it’s most likely not you doing the design or coding. You just write the content. So, with an email template built, how do you go about adding in what is actually said? You need to incorporate design elements so it all looks good and plug in your copy to see how it all works together.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Working with your custom template&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For the design, the designer can get you a style guide of all the elements and pieces that you can use with your content along with some guidelines on how to best use them. This way, you can bug them less and come up with your own ways to lay out creative pieces for your email as you’re writing your content. However, to put all the pieces together and get your copy plugged in, you still need to work with your developer, which can be a cumbersome process. Ideally, you’d want to be able to do it all yourself and see results instantly. This is where a tool, much like a content management system for a website, can come in handy.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Using an email editor&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Your email service provider probably has an editor for building email templates, but you have to follow their format which can be limiting for your email’s design. You can use independent free-form email editors, but they often have too many options and an interface that can be overwhelming to work with for someone that’s not a designer. You can utilize the talents of your designer to put together a template in said editor, but they often end up spending a lot of time figuring out how to get their design to work and in the end still have to make compromises to their original vision. Does that mean using an editor is out of the question?&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Custom email template editing&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;How about another way to use an editor, where the editing is built around your template instead of the other way around. A way that lets your designer focus on a proper design, and your developer code it to make it functional as a template, and then allows you to use an inline editor on top of the template to build and edit your emails. That’s the idea of a &lt;a href=&quot;https://blocksedit.com/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;custom template editor&lt;/a&gt;. It:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Incorporates your designer and developer’s work so you have the best overall quality of an email template&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Saves a developer’s time from having to make design and content updates&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Saves you time from having to go back and forth with your developer to get content plugged in&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Lets you see results in real-time so you can fine tune as needed&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;blockquote&gt;
  &lt;p&gt;&quot;How about another way to use an editor, where the editing is built around your template instead of the other way around.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
  &lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22How%20about%20another%20way%20to%20use%20an%20editor,%20where%20the%20editing%20is%20built%20around%20your%20template%20instead%20of%20the%20other%20way%20around.%22%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/email-template-editors/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;p&gt;It ultimately allows you to put together content in a way that feels more natural and come out with the best quality email each time.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;We’ve built a custom template editor for ourselves and our clients to use and have made it available as a product for you to use as well. You can &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;sign up to start using it for free&lt;/a&gt;. The best part is &lt;a href=&quot;/developer/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;it’s super easy to setup&lt;/a&gt; for your current template and start editing your content.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/email-production-trenches</id>
		<published>2018-01-09T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/email-production-trenches"/>
		<title>Three ways to spend less time in the email production trenches</title>
		<summary>It may be time to revaluate your production process and spend less time in the trenches.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/trenches.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;A black and white photo of empty war trenches.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you are involved in the process of putting together marketing emails regularly or even just brought into the process from time to time, you are aware of the email trenches of mundane, time-consuming, often frustrating tasks that are required — the time spent going back and forth with people about content and assets; a designer spending time mocking up content changes; a developer making constant copy edits to an email that’s been built; and then there’s QA’ing…&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Because of the complexity of developing and building an email that is engaging not only based on its copy but also its creative, some time in the trenches are a necessary part of the process to ensure overall quality. But do you ever feel like so much time and effort is often exhausted in the trenches that the quality may be deteriorating in the process? It may be time to revaluate your production process and spend less time in the trenches.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
  &lt;p&gt;&quot;...do you ever feel like so much time and effort is often exhausted in the trenches that the quality may be deteriorating in the process? It may be time to revaluate your production process and spend less time in the trenches.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
  &lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22...do%20you%20ever%20feel%20like%20so%20much%20time%20and%20effort%20is%20often%20exhausted%20in%20the%20trenches%20that%20the%20quality%20may%20be%20deteriorating%20in%20the%20process?%20It%20may%20be%20time%20to%20revaluate%20your%20production%20process%20and%20spend%20less%20time%20in%20the%20trenches.%22%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/email-production-trenches/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Observe patterns&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To try and improve how your production process works, start by looking at what patterns keep coming up while building emails. As you observe patterns, you can start brainstorming ways that you can improve on some of the regular tasks by taking advantage of tools you may already be using to organize those tasks into different workflows. For example, if you use project management software, you may find that you can utilize some of its features to more efficiently collect content and assets into one central place to then have reviewed for feedback by team members that use the same software.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h2&gt;Create systems for reusing creatives&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Another area to look for patterns is within the creative of an email. Often times, a designer will reuse elements and layouts to produce new email templates. They do this not only because it saves them time, but to maintain certain brand consistency. To take this approach further, consider asking a designer for a style guide, or look into working with them to develop a style guide specifically for email. This allows you as well as other members of the team to write content in different forms that follow the style guide and makes the designer’s job easier to plug in content in a mockup. The developer can also develop a template’s code around the same set of guidelines and reuse pieces in a similar manner.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Turn your email template into a framework&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Using the principles of observing patterns and developing systems in our own work is what lead us to coming up with the idea for &lt;a href=&quot;https://blocksedit.com&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit&lt;/a&gt; as a tool to edit email templates. And as you start to see how you can break your email templates apart into individual pieces, you will start to see how they can be setup to have an editable interface in Blocks Edit. Then you can invite any member of the team to join in the editing process. And you can get yourself and everyone else on your team out of the email production trenches.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit is your helping hand out of the email production trenches. &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Sign up for free&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;/demo/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;request a demo&lt;/a&gt; walkthrough and QA session.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/new-november-2017-template-parts</id>
		<published>2017-11-29T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/new-november-2017-template-parts"/>
		<title>Blocks Edit update: template parts</title>
		<summary>Our latest update is all about being able to make templates more customizable in very fundamental ways.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/editor-november-2017.png&quot; alt=&quot;A screenshot of the Blocks Edit visual editor with a region of content selected that includes selected text and options for it.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;The new sidebar with components, sections and layouts.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Our latest major release is all about being able to make templates more customizable in very fundamental ways.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;h3&gt;Template versions&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ability to update a current template’s code with a new version; emails using an older version are made uneditable and archived.&lt;/p&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;!--
&lt;h3&gt;Variables&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Related to template versions, variables allows storing content in a database so code can be updated without losing changes. Using variables allows keeping current emails editable.&lt;/p&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Components&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stand-alone drag and drop elements that can be placed within content like buttons and titles. Reusable components reside in the new sidebar in the editor. &lt;a href=&quot;/developer/#components&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;More info in dev docs →&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Sections&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The building blocks of a template — rows of standard layout options that are stacked on top of each other. Sections are also part of the editor sidebar and can be dragged in as well. &lt;a href=&quot;/developer/#sections&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;More info in dev docs →&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Styles&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A region can now have multiple design options to choose from. A couple of simple examples: aligning an image on the left or the right, or changing the look of a button. This becomes even more powerful when you think about the possibilites it has being used with components and sections. &lt;a href=&quot;/developer/#regions&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;More info in dev docs →&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Layouts&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ability to save a set of laid out sections and components to reuse, like for a regularly sent-out newsletter format for example.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Starter Template&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With new accounts, we now include a bare-bones template option to get started creating emails right away.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To showcase all the new features, we&#039;ve also launched a major upgrade to the &lt;a href=&quot;https://blocksedit.com/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit promo site&lt;/a&gt;. Be sure to check it out for more info along with the revised &lt;a href=&quot;/developer/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;implementation guide&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Use Blocks Edit to improve the production workflow of your marketing emails. You can &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;sign up to use it for free&lt;/a&gt; and try out all the new features for yourself.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/new-august-2017-editing-options</id>
		<published>2017-10-17T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/new-august-2017-editing-options"/>
		<title>Blocks Edit update: added editing options</title>
		<summary>Based on initial feedback, the first wave of updates built on the essentials and added some important functionality.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/editor-august-2017.png&quot; alt=&quot;A screenshot of the Blocks Edit visual editor with a region of content selected.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;The straight-forward editor interface; just point, click and type.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The initial version of Blocks Edit we released was in a private beta. It had a dashboard of email templates and their corresponding emails, the ability to invite other people, and the core editing capability of making changes to text areas in a template.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Based on initial feedback, the first wave of updates built on the essentials and added some important functionality. Here are highlights of what was released in conjunction with the public launch:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Duplicating and reordering regions&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Added functionality for highlighted editable areas to copy and rearrange them. &lt;a href=&quot;/developer/#regions&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;More info in dev docs →&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Image cropping&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When uploading a new image to replace a current one, there is now the option to crop and resize it.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Setting specific text lengths&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Character count minimum/maximum can be set for individual text elements. &lt;a href=&quot;/developer/#content&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;More info in dev docs →&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Indication that someone is currently making changes&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When someone goes in to makes an update, it now locks others out of that email from possibly overwriting each other&#039;s work. If someone is viewing the email and edits are made, they are notified that there are new updates.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Test email sending&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Besides being able to share a link to an email being worked on, you can now send it as a test email to someone as well, who woulda thunk it?&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Other updates worth mentioning&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;A preview of original source template and its editing options&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Alt text field for images, and optional alias field for links&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;!--
  &lt;li&gt;Collapsing emails from a template for a cleaner view of the dashboard&lt;/li&gt;
--&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Ability to update the titles of templates and emails&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Option to remove links from linked items&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;And we&#039;ve got more to come as we&#039;re working on some great stuff for the next major release!&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Try out Blocks Edit and improve how you send out marketing emails. You can &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;sign up for free&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;/demo/&quot;&gt;request a demo&lt;/a&gt; for us to show you how it can fit into your current workflow.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>tag:blocksedit.com:blog/introducing-blocks-edit</id>
		<published>2017-10-02T00:00:00Z</published>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://blocksedit.com/content-code/introducing-blocks-edit"/>
		<title>Introducing Blocks Edit, content management for email</title>
		<summary>Blocks Edit is now live and ready for you to improve how you send out marketing campaigns.</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;/content-code/img/email-icon.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;An icon of an envelope, with a paper coming out of it with the email at sign.&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;We’ve built websites and emails for various clients for years. In the website world, there are content management systems that we setup our client’s websites on so they can go in and update content on their own. In recent years, these systems have gotten rather complex and clunky. So we eventually came up with our own system with a much simpler interface. In fact, we didn’t even like calling it a ‘system’, just a content editor. As we continued developing it, we noticed there was a greater need and a better fit for the way our tool worked in the email marketing world. So about year ago, we decided to go down that path. And &lt;a href=&quot;https://blocksedit.com/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit&lt;/a&gt; is the result.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Along the way, we’ve learned that custom email design and development, like a website, can be very creative within the limitations that come with it. So one of our primary goals with Blocks Edit was to make it flexible for a designer to build the email template they wanted without any restrictions from implementing the content editing features.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;And when it came to content editing, the interface wouldn’t get in the way of the design, so anyone making the updates would be able to see exactly what the final results looked like as they were making them. This includes no code needing to be written while updating content. Blocks Edit separates content and code while at the same time working together seamlessly in the background. The interface focuses on just being able to easily update your content while the integrity of the template code is ensured to work as it was intended.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;blockquote&gt;
  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Blocks Edit separates content and code while at the same time working together seamlessly in the background.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--
  &lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/intent/tweet?text=%22Blocks%20Edit%20separates%20content%20and%20code%20while%20at%20the%20same%20time%20working%20together%20seamlessly%20in%20the%20background.%22%20https://blocksedit.com/content-code/introducing-blocks-edit/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; class=&quot;tweet&quot;&gt;Tweet This&lt;/a&gt;
--&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

&lt;p&gt;This separation is done by keeping &lt;a href=&quot;/developer/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;code implementation&lt;/a&gt; to a minimum by utilizing HTML and CSS rules for a framework that requires little time and effort to setup. Its flexibility means designers/developers and marketers decide how content updates should be made depending on the needs of a given template. So designers/developers can focus on what they do best, building a great template; and marketers and content editors can focus on what they do best, writing great content that communicates the company’s products/services to their customers.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The simplicity of the interface also means anyone can make content updates. And a template can be shared with all decision makers that need to review it. This streamlines the workflow by eliminating a lot of back and forth among everyone involved in the process. It just makes everything easier, so you can build and write better marketing emails.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p class=&quot;cta&quot;&gt;Blocks Edit is now live and ready for you to improve how you send out marketing campaigns. You can &lt;a href=&quot;https://app.blocksedit.com/signup/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;sign up for free&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;/demo/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;request a demo&lt;/a&gt; for us to show you how it can fit into your current workflow.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<author>
			<name>Ovi Demetrian Jr</name>
			<email>ovi@blocksedit.com</email>
		</author>
	</entry>
</feed>